Acts 25 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Acts 24 Next: Acts 26 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Acts 25

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 9 matching words in 9 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 66 matching words in 27 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 13 matching words in 11 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 22 matching words in 14 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 18 matching words in 12 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 7 verses 8 matching words in 7 verses 10 matching words in 10 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 14 matching words in 13 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 9 matching words in 7 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 7 matching words in 6 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 10 matching words in 9 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 10 matching words in 8 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Maps and charts for this chapter

The Two Provinces (AD 44-70)

Acts 25:1

1Festus therefore having come into the province after three days went up to Jerusalem from Caesarea

Related verses (4)

Acts 23:34 | Acts 25:5 | Acts 18:22 | Acts 21:15

Festus

therefore

having come

into the

province

after

three

days

went up

Jerusalem

from

Caesarea

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

οὖνoon

ἐπιβὰςeh-pee-BAHS

τῇtay

ἐπαρχείᾳeh-pahr-CHAY-ah

μετὰmeh-TAH

τρεῖςtrays

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἀνέβηah-NEH-bay

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

ἀπὸah-POH

Καισαρείαςkai-sah-RAY-ahs

The Pieces

Φῆστοςname of a person

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἐπιβὰςGreek verb

τῇGreek article

ἐπαρχείᾳGreek noun, feminine

μετὰGreek preposition

τρεῖςGreek adjective

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἀνέβηGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

ἀπὸGreek preposition

Καισαρείαςname of a place

What It Can Mean

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

therefore/thenTherefore, then.οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1:17, Lk 3:18, Jo 1:22 2:18 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (v.s. ἄρα ); ἐπεὶ οὖν, He 2:14; οὖν c. ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν ), Ac 2:30, Ro 5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5:23, Lk 4:7, Jo 6:62, Ro 2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jo 4:1, al.Scroll for more

to mount/board(a) I set foot on, step on, (b) I mount (a horse), board (a vessel).ἐπι-βαίνω [in LXX chiefly for רָכַב;] to get up on, mount: seq. ἐπί, c. acc, Mt 21:5 (LXX); to embark in (a boat), go aboard: c. dat., Ac 27:2; seq. εἰς, Ac 21:6 (Rec.); absol., Ac 21:2. to go up to, go on to, enter: seq. εἰς, Ac 20:18 21:4; c. dat., Ac 25:1.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

provinceSphere of duty, province.

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

to ascendI go up, mount, ascend; of things: I rise, spring up, come up.ἀναβαίνω, [in LXX chiefly for עלה;] to go up, ascend, of persons: ἐπί συκομωρέαν, Lk 19:4; εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mk 6:51; εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, Mt 20:17; εἰς τ. ἱερόν, c. inf. (M, Pr., 205), Lk 18:10; with mention of place of departure, Mt 3:16 ( ἀπό ), Ac 8:39 ( ἐκ ); of things, to rise, spring up, come up: a fish, Mt 17:27; smoke, Re 8:4; plants growing, Mt 13:7; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. עָלָה אֶל לֵב; IV Ki 12:4, al.), Lk 24:38, I Co 2:9; of prayers, Ac 10:4; messages, Ac 21:31 (for late exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

JerusalemThe Greek form of the Hebrew name: Jerusalem.Ἱεροσόλυμα (WH, Ἰερ-, v. Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mt 2:3, v. WM, 79 4; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ- ), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלַיִם, יְרוּשָׁלֵם ), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo ev. and Mt (exc. Mt 27:37 ), and most freq. in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (exc. Ga 1:17, 18 2:1 ), Jerusalem: Mt 2:1, Mk 3:8, Jo 1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mt 2:3 3:5 23:37, Lk 13:34. Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Ga 4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Ga 4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, He 12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Re 3:12 21:2, 10.Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

CaesareaTwo cities of Palestine: one in Galilee (Caesarea Philippi), the other on the coast of the Mediterranean.Καισαρία (Rec. -άρεια ), -ας, ἡ, Cæsarea; Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of Lebanon: Mt 16:13, Mk 8:27. Cæsarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Ac 8:40 9:30 10:1, 24 11:11 12:19 18:22 21:8, 16 23:23, 33 25:1, 4, 6, 13.†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 26:11

← Back to Acts 24:1

← Back to Acts 25:24

← Back to Romans 15:31

Acts 25:2

2And the chief priests and the principal men of the Jews informed him against Paul and they besought him

Word By Word, In Greek Order1informed | 2And | 3him | 4the | 5chief priests | 6and | 7the … men | 8principal | 9of the | 10Jews | 11against | 12— | 13Paul | 14and | 15they besought | 16him

Related verses (5)

Acts 25:15 | Acts 24:1 | Job 31:31 | Proverbs 4:16 | Romans 3:12-19

informed

And

him

the

chief priests

and

the … men

principal

of the

Jews

against

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

and

they besought

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἐνεφάνισάνeh-neh-FAH-nee-sahn

τεteh

αὐτῷow-TOH

οἱhoy

ἀρχιερεῖςahr-chee-eh-RAYS

καὶkai

οἱhoy

πρῶτοιPROH-toy

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

κατὰkah-TAH

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

καὶkai

παρεκάλουνpah-reh-KAH-loon

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

The Pieces

ἐνεφάνισάνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

οἱGreek article

ἀρχιερεῖςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

πρῶτοιGreek adjective

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

κατὰGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

παρεκάλουνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to showI make visible (manifest); hence: I report (inform) against; pass: I appear before.ἐμφανίζω [in LXX for יָדַע hi., etc.;] to manifest, exhibit: ἐαυτόν, c. dat pers., Jo 14:21, 22 ( DCG, ii, 112b). Pass. and mid., to show oneself, appear: Mt 27:53, He 9:24 (cf. MM, Exp., xii). to declare, make known: seq. ὅτι, He 11:14; c. dat. pers., Ac 23:15; c acc rei, seq. πρός, Ac 23:22; κατά, c. gen. pers., Ac 24:1 25:2; περί, Ac 25:15.† SYN.: δηλόω, q.vScroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

high-priestHigh priest, chief priest.ἀρχ-ιερεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX for כֹּהֵן, הַגָּדוֹל כּ״, הָרֹאשׁ כּ״;] high-priest: Mk 2:26 14:47, al.; of Christ: He 2:17 3:1, al. In pl., chief priests, including ex-high-priests and members of high-priestly families: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:31, al. (Cremer, 294; DCG, i, 297 f.; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

firstFirst, before, principal, most important.B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc.;] first, of Time or Place; absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Lk 14:18, Jo 19:32, I Co 14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Re 1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opp. to τ. δεύτερον, He 10:9; τὰ π., opp. to τ. ἔσχατα, Mt 12:45, Lk 11:26, II Pe 2:20; anarth., Mt 10:2; pl., Mt 19:30, Mk 10:31, Lk 13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all ), I Co 15:3; as adj.: πρώτῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opp. to δευτέρα, Ac 12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jo 8:[7] 20:4, 8, Ac 27:43, Ro 10:19, I Ti 1:16, I Jo 4:19; = πρότερος (v. infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl., § 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.): c. gen., π. μου ἦν ( my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo 1:15, 30; c. art., Mk 14:12, Ac 1:1, al.; seq. ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mt 22:25, Mk 12:20, al. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mt 20:27 22:38, Mk 9:35, Eph 6:2, al.; c. gen., Mk 12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Ac 16:12; c. art., Lk 15:22 19:47, Ac 13:50, al. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first; of Time: Mt 8:21, Mk 4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jo 10:40, al.; of Order: Ro 3:2, I Co 11:18, al.Scroll for more

JewJewish.Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< Ἰούδας ), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Ac 10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Ac 21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jo 3:22; χώρα, Mk 1:5. Substantively, Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jo 4:9, Ac 18:24, Ro 2:28; pl., Re 2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mt 2:2, Mk 7:3, Jo 2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Ac 14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Ac 2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Ac 14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη Ἰ., Ac 21:21; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jo 1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.; Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jo 3:22, Mk 1:5 ), (Heb. יְהוּדָה ), Judæa: Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Jo 4:3, al.Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

PaulPaul, Paulus.Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus ), Sergius Paulus: Ac 13:7. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 13:9, and freq. throughout Ac., Ro 1:1, I Co 1:1, al., II Pe 3:15.Scroll for more

to plead/comfort(a) I send for, summon, invite, (b) I beseech, entreat, beg, (c) I exhort, admonish, (d) I comfort, encourage, console.παρα-καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for נחם ni., pi.;] to call to one, call for, summon: Ac 28:20 (R, mg.; R, txt., entreat ); hence (of the gods: Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, entreat: τ. πατέρα μου, Mt 26:53; τ. κύριον, II Co 12:8; in late writers (Polyb., Diod., al.; rarely in LXX; in π., v. Deiss., LAE, 176 14 ), also of men: absol., Phm 9; c. acc., Mt 8:5, Mk 1:40, Ac 16:9, al.; c. inf., Mk 5:17, Lk 8:41, Ac 8:31, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 14:36, Mk 5:18, Lk 8:31, al. to admonish, exhort: absol., Lk 3:18, Ro 12:8, II Ti 4:2, al.; c. acc., Ac 15:32, I Th 2:11, He 3:13, al.; id. seq. inf., Ac 11:23, Ro 12:1, Phl 4:2, I Th 4:10, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), I Co 1:10, II Co 8:6, I Th 4:1, al. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., LXX: Jb 4:3, Is 35:3, Si 43:24, al.): c. acc., II Co 1:6, Eph 6:22, Col 2:2, al.; id. seq. ἐν, I Th 4:18; διά, II Co 1:4; pass., Mt 5:4, Lk 16:25, Ac 20:12. SYN.: παραμυθέω (cf. M, Th., 25).Scroll for more

← Back to Ezra 8:31

← Back to Psalms 35:20

← Back to Psalms 64:2

← Back to Psalms 119:95

← Back to Proverbs 1:11

← Back to Proverbs 12:6

← Back to Proverbs 24:15

← Back to Jeremiah 26:24

← Back to Hosea 6:8

← Back to Matthew 14:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:26

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:11

Acts 25:3

3asking a favor against him that he would send for him to Jerusalem laying a plot to kill him on the way

Word By Word, In Greek Order1asking | 2a favor | 3against | 4him | 5that | 6he would send for | 7him | 8to | 9Jerusalem | 10a plot | 11laying | 12to kill | 13him | 14on | 15the | 16way

Related verses (12)

asking

a favor

against

him

that

he would send for

him

Jerusalem

a plot

laying

to kill

him

the

way

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

αἰτούμενοιai-TOO-meh-noy

χάρινCHAH-reen

κατkaht

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ὅπωςHOH-pohs

μεταπέμψηταιmeh-tah-PEM-psay-tai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἰςays

Ἰερουσαλήμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

ἐνέδρανeh-NEH-drahn

ποιοῦντεςpoy-OON-tes

ἀνελεῖνah-neh-LAYN

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

κατὰkah-TAH

τὴνtayn

ὁδόνhoh-DOHN

The Pieces

αἰτούμενοιGreek verb

χάρινGreek noun, feminine

κατGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ὅπωςGreek conjunction

μεταπέμψηταιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλήμname of a place

ἐνέδρανGreek noun, feminine

ποιοῦντεςGreek verb

ἀνελεῖνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

κατὰGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ὁδόνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to askI ask, request, petition, demand.αἰτέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for שׁאל;] to ask, request: absol., Mt 7:7, Ja 1:6; c. acc. pers., Mt 5:42, Lk 6:30; c. acc. rei, seq. ἀπό, Mt 20:20, I Jo 5:15; id. seq. παρά, Ac 3:2, Ja 1:5; c. dupl. acc. Mt 7:9, Mk 6:22, Jo 16:23. Mid. (on the distinction bet. mid. and act., v. M, Pr., 160): absol., Mk 15:8, Jo 16:26, Ja 4:3; c. acc. rei, Mt 14:7, Mk 6:24, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 27:20, Lk 23:25; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Ac 9:2; c. acc. et inf., Lk 23:23. c. inf. Ac 7:46, Eph 3:13 (cf. ἀπ-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, παρ-, προσ-αιτέω ). SYN.: ἐρωτάω, q.v., πυνθάνομαι. On the proper distinction between these words, v. Tr., Syn., § xl, Thayer, s.v. αἰ. In late Gk., however, αἰ. and ἐ. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. Ac 3:2, 3; v. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Th., I, 4:1; M, Pr., 66 n; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

grace(a) grace, as a gift or blessing brought to man by Jesus Christ, (b) favor, (c) gratitude, thanks, (d) a favor, kindness.χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ Abbott-Smith does not include the article here., acc., χάριν ( χάριτα in Ac 24:27, Ju 4; v. WH, App., 157), [in LXX chiefly for חֵן;] objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ec 10:12, Si 21:16, al.): Col 4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (gen. qual.), Lk 4:22. Subjectively, on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Lk 2:52, Ac 7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Lk 1:30, Ac 14:26, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, al.; opp. to ὀφείλημα, Ro 4:4, 16; to ἔργα, Ro 11:6; on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: Ro 6:17 7:25, al.; χ. ἔχειν, to be thankful, Lk 17:9, I Ti 1:12, al. Objectively, of the effect of grace, a state of grace: Ro 5:2, II Ti 2:1, I Pe 5:12, II Pe 3:18; a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour ): Jo 1:16, Ac 6:8, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:10, II Co 9:8, Ga 2:9, Eph 3:2, I Pe 5:5, 10 al. (For fuller treatment of the NT usage, v. AR, Eph., 221 ff.; DB, ii, 254 ff.; DCG, i, 686 ff.; Cremer, s.v.).Scroll for more

thatHow, in order that, so that, that.ὅπως. Relat. adv. of manner, as, how: c. indic., Lk 24:20. Conj., c. subjc. (in cl. also c. opt., indic.: so in Mt 26:59, LT, Tr.), in order that, to the end that, that; final, denoting purpose or design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged): after pres., Mt 6:2, al.; pf., Ac 9:17, al.; impf., Ac 9:24; aor., Ac 9:2, al.; plpf., Jo 11:57; fut., Mt 23:35; imperat., Mt 2:8, al.; ὅ. μή (M, Pr., 185), Mt 6:18, Lk 16:26, Ac 20:16, I Co 1:29; ὅ. πληρωθῇ, Mt 2:23 8:17 13:35; ὅ. ἄν (Bl., § 65, 2; WM, § 42, 5), Lk 2:35, Ac 3:19 15:17, Ro 3:4 (cf. Ge 12:13, Ps 59:7, I Mac 10:32, al.). After verbs of asking, exhorting, etc.: Mt 9:38, Lk 7:3, Ja 5:16, al. (in late writers its place is often taken by the correl. πῶς, q.v.).Scroll for more

to summonI send for, summon.μετα-πέμπω, [in LXX (mid.): Ge 27:45 ( לקח ), Nu 23:7 ( נחה: hi.), II Mac 15:31, III Mac 5:18 R, IV Mac 12:3 6 *;] to send after or for: pass., Ac 10:29a. Chiefly in mid., to send for, summon Ac 10:5, 22, 29b 11:13 20:1 24:24, 26 25:3.†Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

plot/ambushAn ambush, plot, treachery, fraud.ἐν-έδρα, -ας, ἡ (< ἕδρα, a seat), [in LXX: Jos 8:7, 9, Ps 10:8 ( אָרַב )*;] a lying in wait, an ambush: Ac 23:16 (Rec. ἔνεδρον, a form freq. in LXX), Ac 25:3.†Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

to killI take up, take away the life of, make an end of, murder.ἀν-αιρέω, -ῶ [in LXX for הרג hi., מֵת hi., נכה hi., etc.;] to take up: mid., Ac 7:21. to take away, make an end of, destroy (for late exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.); of things (as freq. in cl. of laws, etc.): He 10:9; of persons, to kill: Mt 2:16, Lk 22:2 23:32, Ac 2:23 5:33, 36 7:28 9:23-24, 29 10:39 12:2 13:28 16:27 22:20 23:15, 21 23:27 25:3 26:10, II Th 2:8, WH, txt., R, txt.†Scroll for more

roadA way, road, journey, path.ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for דֶּרֶךְ;] a way, path, road: Mt 2:12, Mk 10:46, Lk 3:5, al.; κατὰ τὴν ὁ., Lk 10:4, al.; παρὰ τὴν ὁ., Mt 13:4, al.; c. gen. pers, (subj.), τὴν ὁ. ἑτοιμάζειν (fig.), Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, al.; c. gen. term. (obj.), ἐθνῶν, Mt 10:5; τ. ἁγίων (fig.), He 9:8; acc., ὁδόν, with force of prep. (like Heb. דֶּרֶךְ; Bl., § 34, 8; 35, 5), ὁ. θαλάσσης, Mt 4:15 (LXX). A traveller's way, journey: ἐν τ. ὁ., Mt 5:25, Mk 8:27, al.; ἐξ ὁ., Lk 11:6; εἰς ὁ., Mt 10:10; τ. ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι, Ac 8:39; ὁ. ἡμέρας, Lk 2:44; ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (= cl., ὁ. ποιεῖσθαι; v. Field, Notes, 25), to make one's way, i.e. proceed on one's journey, Mk 2:23. Metaph. (cl.; but esp. freq. in Heb.; v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting: Ac 14:16, I Co 4:17 12:31, Ja 1:8 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Ju 11; τ. Βαλαάμ, II Pe 2:15; εἰρήνης, Ro 3:17; ζωῆς, Ac 2:28; ἡ ὁ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τ. ζωήν (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 7:14; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Mt 21:32; σωτηρίας, Ac 16:17; αἱ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Ac 13:10, Ro 11:33, Re 15:3 (cf. Ho 14:9 Ps 94 (95):10, Si 39:24, al.); ἡ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (the way approved by God), Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Lk 20:21; id., of the Christian religion, Ac 18:26; so, absol., ἡ ὁ., Ac 9:2 19:9, 23 24:22; of Christ as the means of approach to God, Jo 14:6. Ellipsis of ὁ.: ποίας (sc. ὁδοῦ ), Lk 5:19; ἐκείνης, Luke 19:4 (v. Bl., § 36, 13; 44, 1).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 8:40

← Back to Acts 25:16

Acts 25:4

4Howbeit Festus answered that Paul was kept in charge at Caesarea and that he himself was about to depart thither shortly

The ASV does not translate this word.

Howbeit

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

answered

that … was kept in charge

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

Caesarea

he himself

and

that … was about

shortly

to depart

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ὁhoh

μὲνmen

οὖνoon

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

ἀπεκρίθηah-peh-KREE-thay

τηρεῖσθαιtay-RAY-sthai

τὸνtohn

ΠαῦλονPOW-lohn

εἰςays

Καισάρειανkai-SAH-ray-ahn

ἑαυτὸνheh-ow-TOHN

δὲdeh

μέλλεινMEH-layn

ἐνen

τάχειTAH-chay

ἐκπορεύεσθαιek-poh-RYOO-eh-sthai

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

μὲνGreek particle

οὖνGreek conjunction

Φῆστοςname of a person

ἀπεκρίθηGreek verb

τηρεῖσθαιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

Παῦλονname of a person

εἰςGreek preposition

Καισάρειανname of a place

ἑαυτὸνGreek reflexive pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

μέλλεινGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τάχειGreek noun, neuter

ἐκπορεύεσθαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to answerI answer, reply, take up the conversation.ἀπο-κρίνω, [in LXX chiefly for ענה;] in cl., to separate, distinguish. to choose. Mid., to answer: Mt 27:12, Mk 14:61, Lk 3:16 23:9, Jo 5:17, 19, Ac 3:12. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and pass. forms are the more freq. in NT (M, Pr., 39, 161; MM, s.v.); in general sense: absol., Mk 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 22:46; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:38; seq. πρός, Ac 25:16; Hebraistically like ענה, to begin to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.): Mt 11:25, al., redundant, as in the Heb. phrase וַיַּעַן וַיּאֹמֶר (Dalman, Words, 24 f., 38; M, Pr., 14; Bl., § 58, 4; 74, 2; Cremer, 374): ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε, Mt 4:4; ἔφη, 8:8; λέγει, Mk 3:33; in Jo most freq. ( ἀπεκ. κ. εἶπε, 1:49.Scroll for more

to keep: observeI keep, guard, observe, watch over.τηρέω, -ῶ [in LXX for שָׁמַר, נָצַר, etc.;] to watch over, guard, keep, preserve: Mt 27:36, Ac 16:23, al.; ἑαυτόν, II Co 11:9, I Ti 5:22, Ja 1:27, Ju 21; seq. εἰς, Jo 12:7, Ac 25:21, I Pe 1:4, II Pe 2:4, 9 3:7, Ju 6; ἐν, Jo 17:11, 12, Ju 21; ἐκ, Jo 17:15, Re 3:10; τ. πίστιν, II Ti 4:7, Re 14:12; τ. ἑνότητα τ. πνεύματος, Eph 4:3. to watch, give heed to, observe: τ. σάββατον, Jo 9:16; τ. ἐντολήν ( -άς ), Mt 19:17, Jo 14:15 15:10, I Ti 6:14, I Jn 2:3, 4 Jn 3:22, 24 Jn 5:3, Re 12:17 14:12; τ. λόγον ( -ους ), Jo 8:51, 52, 55 14:23, 24 15:20 17:6, I Jn 2:5, Re 3:8, 10 22:7, 9; τ. νόμον, Ac 15:5, Ja 2:10; τ. παράδοσιν, Mk 7:9; τ. ἔργα, Re 2:26; τ. γεγραμμένα, Re 1:3 (cf. δια-, παρα-, συν-τηρέω ) SYN.: φυλάσσω, implying custody and protection: τ. expresses the idea of watchful care and "may mark the result of which φ. is the means" (Thayer s.v.).Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

speedQuickness, speed; hastily, immediately.τάχος, -ους, τό [in LXX chiefly for parts and derivatives of מָהַר;] swiftness, speed. Adverbially, ἐν τ. (= ταχέως ), quickly, speedily, soon: Lk 18:8, Ac 12:7 22:18 25:4, Ro 16:20, I Ti 3:14, Re 1:1 22:6.†Scroll for more

to departI depart from; I am voided, cast out; I proceed from, am spoken; I burst forth, flow out, am spread abroad.ἐκ-πορεύω [in LXX chiefly for יָצָא;] to make to go out; pass. and mid., to go forth: Lk 3:7, Ac 25:4; of demons leaving one possessed, Mt 17:21 (WH om.), Ac 19:12; of excrement, Mk 7:19; seq. ἀπό, Mt 20:29, Mk 10:46; ἐκ, Mk 13:1 (of the dead rising, Jo 5:29 ); ἐκεῖθεν, Mk 6:11; ἔξω, Mk 11:19; είς, Mk 10:17, Jo 5:29; ἐπί, c. acc pers., Re 16:14; πρός, c. acc pers., Mt 3:5, Mk 1:5; εἰσπορ- (q.v.) καὶ ἐ., Ac 9:28; metaph., to come forth, proceed: of feelings, etc., Mk 7:23; seq. ἐκ, Mt 15:11, 18 Mk 7:15, 20, 21, Lk 4:22, Eph 4:29; ῥῆμα, seq. διά, Mt 4:4 (LXX); of lightning and flame, Re 4:5 9:17, 18 11:5; a river, Re 22:1; a sword, Re 1:16 19:15; a rumour, seq. εἰς, Lk 4:37; of the Holy Spirit, seq. παρά, Jo 15:26.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 23:30

← Back to Acts 24:8

← Back to Acts 25:1

Acts 25:5

5Let them therefore saith he that are of power among you go down with me and if there is anything amiss in the man let them accuse him

Related verses (8)

them

therefore

among

you

saith he

that are of power

Let … go down with me

anything

there is

the

man

amiss

and … let them accuse

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Οἱhoy

οὖνoon

ἐνen

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

φησίνfay-SEEN

δυνατοὶdoo-nah-TOY

συγκαταβάντεςsoon-kah-tah-BAHN-tes

εἴay

τίtee

ἐστινeh-steen

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ἀνδρὶahn-DREE

ἄτοπονAH-toh-pohn

κατηγορείτωσανkah-tay-goh-RAY-toh-sahn

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

ΟἱGreek article

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἐνGreek preposition

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

φησίνGreek verb

δυνατοὶGreek adjective

συγκαταβάντεςGreek verb

εἴGreek conditional

τίGreek indefinite pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ἀνδρὶGreek noun, masculine

ἄτοπονGreek adjective

κατηγορείτωσανGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to assertI say, declare.φημί [in LXX chiefly for נאם, also for אמר; freq. in II-IV Mac;] to declare, say: freq. in quoting the words of another, Mt 13:29 26:61, Lk 7:40 22:58, Jo 1:23, al.; interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14:8, Ac 23:35, al.; φησί, impersonal (Bl., § 30, 4), I Co 6:16 (Lft., Notes, 217; but cf. Bl., l.c.), II Co 10:10 (WH, mg., φασίν ), He 8:5; joined with synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., II, 2), ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη, Lk 23:3; seq. πρός, Lk 22:70, al.; c. acc rei, I Co 10:15 10:19; acc. et inf., Ro 3:8; seq. ὅτι (Bl., § 70, 3), I Co 10:19 15:50 (cf. σύν-φημι )Scroll for more

able(a) of persons: powerful, able, (b) of things: possible.δυνατός, -ή, -όν (< δύναμαι ), [in LXX for גִּבּוֹר, חַיִל, etc.;] strong, mighty, powerful: absol., Lk 1:49, 1 Col 1:26; οἱ δ., the chief men, Ac 25:5; of spiritual strength, Ro 15:1, II Co 12:10 13:9; seq. ἐν, Lk 24:19, Ac 7:22 18:24; πρός, II Co 10:4. C. inf., able to do; Lk 14:31, Ac 11:17, Ro 4:21 11:23, II Ti 1:12, Tit 1:9, He 11:19, Ja 3:2. Neut., δυνατόν, possible: Mt 19:26, Mk 9:23 10:27 14:36, Lk 18:27, Ac 2:24 20:16; εἰ δ. ( ἐστι ), Mt 24:24 26:39, Mk 13:22 14:35, Ro 12:18, Ga 4:15; τὸ δ. (= ἡ δύναμις ) αὐτοῦ, Ro 9:22.†Scroll for more

to descend withI go down with.συν-κατα-βαίνω (Rec. συγκ- ), [in LXX: Ps 48 (49):17 ( ירד ), Wi 10:13, Da LXX TH 3:49 *;] to go down with: Ac 25:5. In late writers also metaph. ( Wis, l.c. ), to condescend, on wh. v. Rutherford, NPhr., 485 f.†Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

wrong(lit: out of place, unusual, unbecoming), improper, unrighteous, perverse.ἄ-τοπος, -ον (< τόπος ), [in LXX: Jb 4:8 11:11, Pr 30:20 ( 24:55 ), al., for אָוֶן, etc.;] out of place, not befitting. marvellous, strange (of symptoms, Hipp.): Ac 28:6; hence, in late Greek, with ethical sense, improper, unrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from π., v. M, II Th., 3:2; MM, s.v.): Lk 23:41, Ac 25:5, II Th 3:2.†Scroll for more

to accuseI accuse, charge, prosecute.κατηγορέω, -ῶ (< κατά, ἀγορεύω ), [in LXX: Da LXX 6:5 ( 6 ), I Mac 7:6, 25, II Mac 4:47 10:13, 21, IV Mac 9:14 *;] to make accusation, accuse, in general: absol., Ro 2:15; c. gen. pers. (cl., WM, 254), Jo 5:45; irreg. c. acc. pers., Re 12:10; before a judge: absol., Ac 24:2, 19; c. gen. pers., Mt 12:10, Mk 3:2, Lk 6:7 11:54 (WH, txt., R, om.), 23:2, 10, Jo 8:[6], Ac 25:5 28:19; id. c. acc. rei (cl., but v. WM, 254), Mk 15:3, 4; c. gen. rei (Dem.), Ac 24:8 25:11; seq. περί, c. gen. rei (Thuc., viii, 85), Ac 24:13; c. acc. rei, seq. κατά c. gen. pers. (WM, § 28, 1), Lk 23:14. Pass. (Bl., § 54, 3), seq. ὑπό c. gen., Mt 27:12, Ac 22:30; ὁ κατηγορούμενος, Ac 25:16.†Scroll for more

Acts 25:6

6And when he had tarried among them not more than eight or ten days he went down unto Caesarea and on the morrow he sat on the judgment seat and commanded Paul to be brought

Related verses (6)

when he had tarried

And

among

them

days

not

more than

eight

ten

he went down

unto

Caesarea

on the

morrow

and … he sat

the

judgment seat

and commanded

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

to be brought

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Διατρίψαςdee-ah-TREE-psahs

δὲdeh

ἐνen

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

οὐoo

πλείουςPLAY-oos

ὀκτὼoh-KTOH

ἢay

δέκαDEH-kah

καταβὰςkah-tah-BAHS

εἰςays

Καισάρειανkai-SAH-ray-ahn

τῇtay

ἐπαύριονeh-POW-ree-ohn

καθίσαςkah-THEE-sahs

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοῦtoo

βήματοςBAY-mah-tohs

ἐκέλευσενeh-KEH-lyoo-sen

τὸνtohn

ΠαῦλονPOW-lohn

ἀχθῆναιah-CHTHAY-nai

The Pieces

ΔιατρίψαςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐνGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

οὐGreek negative particle

πλείουςGreek adjective

ὀκτὼGreek adjective

ἢGreek conjunction

δέκαGreek adjective

καταβὰςGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Καισάρειανname of a place

τῇGreek article

ἐπαύριονGreek adverb

καθίσαςGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

βήματοςGreek noun, neuter

ἐκέλευσενGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

Παῦλονname of a person

ἀχθῆναιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to remainI tarry, continue, stay in a place.δια-τρίβω [in LXX Le 14:8 ( ישׁב ), Je 42 (35):7 ( גּוּר ), To 11:8, 12, Jth 10:2, II Mac 14:23 *;] to rub hard, rub away, consume; δ. χρόνον, ἡμέρας, to spend time: Ac 14:3, 28 16:12 20:6 25:6, 14. Intransitively with ellipse of object (Bl., § 81, 1), to spend time, stay: Jo 3:22 11:54 15:35, Ac 12:19.†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

greaterMore, greater, of higher value.πλέον, v.s. πολύς.Scroll for more

eightEight.ὀκτώ, οἱ, αἱ, τά, indecl., eight: Lk 2:21, Jo 5:5, al.Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

tenTen.δέκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, ten: Mt 20:24, al.; θλίψις ἡμερῶν δ., i.e. of brief duration: Re 2:10.†Scroll for more

to come/go downI go down, come down, either from the sky or from higher land, descend.κατα-βαίνω, [in LXX chiefly for ירד;] to go or come down, descend. Of persons: Mt 3:16 24:17, Lk 2:51 6:17 10:31 17:31 19:5, 6, Jo 4:47, 49, 51 5:7, Ac 7:34 8:15 10:20 20:10 23:10 24:1, 22, Eph 4:10; seq. ἀπό, Mt 8:1 14:29 27:40, 42, Mk 3:22 15:30, Lk 10:30, Jo 6:38, Ac 25:7, I Th 4:16; ἐκ, Mt 17:9; ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ, Mt 28:2, Mk 9:9, Jo 1:32 3:13 6:33, 41, 42, 6:50, 51, 58, Re 10:1 18:1 20:1; εἰς, Mk 1:10, Lk 10:30 18:14, Jo 2:12, Ac 7:15 8:38 14:25 16:8 18:22 25:6, Ro 10:7, Eph 4:9; ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Jo 6:16; c. acc. pers., Lk 3:22, Jo 1:33, 52; ἐν, Jo 5:[4]; πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 10:21 14:11, Re 12:12. Of things: σκεῦος, Ac 10:11 11:5; βροχή, Mt 7:25, 27; λαῖλαψ, Lk 8:23; seq. ἀπό, Lk 9:54, Ac 8:26, Ja 1:17; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Lk 22:44 (WH, R, mg., reject); ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ seq. ἀπό, Re 3:12 21:2, 10; id. seq. εἰς, Re 13:13; ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Re 16:21. Fig., κ. ἕως ᾅδου, Mt 11:23, Lk 10:15, WH, txt., Tr., mg. ( καταβιβασθήση, T, WH, mg., RV), (cf. συν-καταβαίνω ).†Scroll for more

the next dayTomorrow.† ἐπ-αύριον, adv. [in LXX for מָחָר, Ge 30:33, elsewhere, Ex 9:6, al., for מׇחֳרָת;] on the morrow: in NT, ἡ ἐ. (sc. ἡμέρα ), Mt 27:62, Mk 11:12, Jo 1:29, Ac 10:9, alScroll for more

to seat(a) trans: I make to sit; I set, appoint, (b) intrans: I sit down, am seated, stay.καθ-ίζω, [in LXX chiefly for ישׁב;] causal, to make to sit down, set, appoint: Ac 2:30, I Co 6:4, Eph 1:20. Intrans., to sit down, be seated, sit: Mt 5:1, Mk 9:35, Lk 7:15, Jo 8:2, al.; c. inf. tel., I Co 10:7; seq. εἰς, II Th 2:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 11:2, Jo 12:14; id. c. gen., Jo 19:13, Ac 12:21; ὧδε, Mk 14:32; αὐτοῦ, Mt 26:36; ἐν δεξιᾷ, He 1:3; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 20:21, 23; ἐν, Re 3:21; καθίσας pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13:48, Lk 5:3 14:31 16:6; of settling in a place ( ἐς χωρίον, Thuc., iv, 93), seq. ἐν, Lk 24:49 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπι-, παρα-, περι-, συν-καθίζω ).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

judgement seatAn elevated place ascended by steps, a throne, tribunal.βῆμα, -τος, τό (< βαίνω ), [in LXX: De 2:5 ( מִדְרָךְ ), Ne 8:4 ( מִגְדָּל ), I Es 9:42, Si 19:30 45:9, II Mac 13:26 *;] a step, stride, pace: Ac 7:5. a raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made; freq. of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt 27:19, Jo 19:13, Ac 12:21, 18:12, 16, 17 25:6, 10, 17; β. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 14:10; τ. Χριστοῦ, II Co 5:10.†Scroll for more

to orderI command, order, direct, bid.** κελεύω, [in LXX: I Es 9:53, To 8:18, al., and freq. in I-IV Mac;] to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in authority): c. acc. et. inf. aor., Mt 14:19, 28 18:25 27:64, Lk 18:40, Ac 4:15 5:34 8:38 22:30 23:10 25:6, 17; with ellipse of acc., Mt 8:18 14:9 27:58, Ac 12:19 21:33; c. acc. et. inf. Pres., Ac 21:34 22:24 23:3, 35 25:21 27:43; with ellipse of acc., Ac 16:22; ptcp. aor., Ac 25:23.† SYN.: v.s. ἐντέλλω.Scroll for more

to bringI lead, lead away, bring (a person, or animal), guide, spend a day, go.ἄγω, [in LXX for בּוא hi., לקח, נהג, etc.;] to lead, bring, carry: c. acc., seq. ἐπί, εἰς, ἕως, πρός and simple dat.; metaph., to lead, guide, impel: Jo 10:16 Ro 2:4, He 2:10, II Ti 3:6, al. to spend or keep a day: Lk 24:21, Ac 19:38 Intrans., to go: subjunc., ἄγωμεν, Mt 2:46, al. (Cramer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Ezra 4:6

← Back to Nehemiah 6:8

← Back to Psalms 31:18

← Back to 1 Peter 2:12

Acts 25:7

7And when he was come the Jews that had come down from Jerusalem stood round about him bringing against him many and grievous charges which they could not prove

Related verses (12)

when … was come

And

stood round about

him

the

from

Jerusalem

that had come down

Jews

many

and

grievous

charges

bringing against him

which

not

they could

prove

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

παραγενομένουpah-rah-geh-noh-MEH-noo

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

περιέστησανpeh-ree-EH-stay-sahn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

οἱhoy

ἀπὸah-POH

Ἱεροσολύμωνhee-eh-roh-soh-LOO-mohn

καταβεβηκότεςkah-tah-beh-bay-KOH-tes

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

πολλὰpoh-LAH

καὶkai

βαρέαbah-REH-ah

αἰτιώματαai-tee-OH-mah-tah

καταφέροντεςkah-tah-FEH-rohn-tes

ἃhah

οὐκook

ἴσχυονEE-schoo-ohn

ἀποδεῖξαιah-poh-DAY-ksai

The Pieces

παραγενομένουGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

περιέστησανGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

οἱGreek article

ἀπὸGreek preposition

Ἱεροσολύμωνname of a place

καταβεβηκότεςGreek verb

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

πολλὰGreek adjective or Greek adverb

καὶGreek conjunction

βαρέαGreek adjective

αἰτιώματαGreek noun, neuter

καταφέροντεςGreek verb

ἃGreek relative pronoun

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἴσχυονGreek verb

ἀποδεῖξαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to come(a) I come on the scene, appear, come, (b) with words expressing destination: I present myself at, arrive at, reach.παρα-γίνομαι (Ion. and late for -γίγν- ), [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to be beside or at hand (Hom., Hdt., al.), hence, to stand by, support (Æsch., Thuc., al.): c. dat. pers., II Ti 4:16. to come, come up, arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267 2 ): absol., Lk 14:21 19:16, Jo 3:23, Ac 5:21, 22, 25 9:39 10:32, 33 11:23 14:27 17:10 18:27 21:18 23:16, 35 24:17, 24 25:7 28:21, I Co 16:3; seq. εἰς, Jo 8:2, Ac 9:26 15:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Lk 22:52; πρός, c. acc., Lk 7:4, 20 8:19, Ac 20:18; id. seq. ἐκ, Lk 11:6; παρά, c. gen., Mk 14:43; ἀπὸ... εἰς, Mt 2:1, Ac 13:14; ἀπὸ... ἐπὶ... πρός, Mt 3:13; of a teacher coming forward in public: Mt 3:1, Lk 12:51, He 9:11.†Scroll for more

to stand aroundIn intrans. act. tenses: I stand around; mid: I avoid, shun.περι-ίστημι (Rec. ΐστημι ), [in LXX: Jos 6:3 ( סבב ), II Ki 13:31 ( נצב ni.), I Ki 4:16, Ep. Je 37, Jth 5:22, II Mac 14:9 *;] to place around. to stand around: Jo 11:42; c. acc. pers., Ac 25:7. Mid. (in late writers), to turn oneself about to avoid, to shun: c. acc. rei, II Ti 2:16, Tit 3:9.†Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

weightyHeavy, weighty, burdensome, lit. and met; violent, oppressive.βαρύς, -εῖα, ύ, [in LXX chiefly for כָּבֵד;] heavy: Mt 23:4. Metaph., burdensome: ἐντολή, I Jo 5:3; severe (perh. impressive ): ἐπιστολή, II Co 10:10; weighty: τὰ βαρύτερα τ. νόμου, Mt 23:23; αἰτιώματα, Ac 25:7; violent, cruel (EV, grievous ): λύκος, Ac 20:29.†Scroll for more

chargeA charge, accusation.*† αἰτίωμα (Rec. αἰτίαμα, the usual form; v. MM, VGT, s.v.), -τος, τό (< αἰτιάομαι, αἰτία ), a charge, accusation: Ac 25:7.†Scroll for more

to vote againstI bear down, overpower; I give a vote or verdict, bring charges.κατα-φέρω, [in LXX for ירד hi., etc.;] to bring down: αἰτιώματα, Ac 25:7; ψῆφον, to cast a ballot, Ac 26:10; pass., to be borne down: ὕπνῳ, ἀπὸ τ. ὕ., Ac 20:9.†Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

be strongI have strength, am strong, am in full health and vigor, am able; meton: I prevail.ἰσχύω (< ἰσχύς ), [in LXX for חזק, גִּבּוֹר, עצם, etc.;] to be strong in body: Mt 9:12, Mk 2:17. to be powerful, have power, prevail: Ac 19:20, Re 12:8; seq. κατά, c. gen. pers., Ac 19:16; c. inf., to be able (MM, Exp., xv): Mt 8:28 26:40, Mk 5:4 9:18 (inf. understood) 14:37, Lk 6:48 8:43 13:24 14:6, 29, 30 16:3 20:26, Jo 21:6, Ac 6:10 15:10 25:7 27:16; c. acc., Phl 4:13, Ja 5:16; of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Exp., xv): Mt 5:13, Ga 5:6, He 9:17 (cf. ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-ισχύω ).†Scroll for more

to displayI show by proof, demonstrate, set forth, proclaim to an officer.ἀπο-δείκνυμι, [in LXX: Es 2:9 ( ראה ), al.;] to bring out, show forth, exhibit (Lft., Notes, 200; ICC, in l.): I Co 4:9. to declare, show: Ac 2:22. to prove: Ac 25:7. As freq. in late Gk., to proclaim to an office: seq. ὅτι, II Th 2:4 (Milligan, in l.; MM, s.v.; Lft., Notes. 113.)†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 37:18

← Back to Daniel 6:22

← Back to Matthew 22:17

Acts 25:8

8while Paul said in his defence Neither against the law of the Jews nor against the temple nor against Caesar have I sinned at all

Related verses (9)

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

while … said in his defence

The ASV does not translate this word.

Neither

against

the

law

of the

Jews

nor

against

the

temple

nor

against

Caesar

at all

have I sinned

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

ἀπολογουμένουah-poh-loh-goo-MEH-noo

ὅτιHOH-tee

ΟὔτεOO-teh

εἰςays

τὸνtohn

νόμονNOH-mohn

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

οὔτεOO-teh

εἰςays

τὸtoh

ἱερὸνhee-eh-ROHN

οὔτεOO-teh

εἰςays

ΚαίσαράKAI-sah-rah

τιtee

ἥμαρτονHAY-mahr-tohn

The Pieces

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

ἀπολογουμένουGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΟὔτεGreek negative particle

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

νόμονGreek noun, masculine

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

οὔτεGreek negative particle

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ἱερὸνGreek noun, neuter

οὔτεGreek negative particle

εἰςGreek preposition

Καίσαρά

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

ἥμαρτονGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to defend oneselfI give a defense, defend myself (especially in a law court): it can take an object of what is said in defense.ἀπολογέομαι, -οῦμαι (< ἀπό, λόγος ), [in LXX: Je 12:1 ( ויב perhaps a misspelling of ריב #7378 ) 38 (31):6, II Mac 13:26 *;] to defend: c. acc., Ro 2:15. to defend one's self: absol., Lk 21:14, Ac 26:1; seq. ὅτι, Ac 25:8; τί, to adduce something in one's defence, Lk 12:11, Ac 26:24 ( ταῦτα ) 24:10 ( τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ); περί, c. gen. rei, and ἐπί, c. gen. pers., Ac 26:2; c. dat. pers., Ac 19:33, II Co 12:19.†Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

neitherAnd not, neither, nor.οὔτε, negative particle, related to μήτε as οὐ to μή, and not, neither, nor: οὐδεὶς... οὔτε, Re 5:4; οὐδὲ... οὔτε, Ga 1:12; οὔτε... καί, Jo 4:11; after a question with μή interrog., Ja 3:12; οὔτε... οὔτε, neither... nor, Mt 6:20, Mk 12:25, Jo 4:21, Ac 15:10, Ro 8:38, 39, Ga 5:6, al.Scroll for more

lawUsage, custom, law; in NT: of law in general, plur: of divine laws; of a force or influence impelling to action; of the Mosaic law; meton: of the books which contain the law, the Pentateuch, the Old Testament scriptures in general.νόμος, -ου, ὁ (< νέμω, to deal out, distribute ), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹרָה, also for חֻקָּה, etc.;] that which is assigned, hence, usage, custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.); of law in general: Ro 3:27 5:13b; pl., of divine laws, He 8:10 10:16; ὁ ν. τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2; (τ.) ἐλευθερίας, Ja 1:25 2:12; βασιλικιός (Hort., in l.; Deiss., LAE, 367 3 ), Ja 2:8. Of a force or influence impelling to action: Ro 7:21, 23a, 25 8:2. Of the Mosaic law: Mt 5:18, Lk 2:27, Jo 1:17, Ac 6:13, Ro 2:15, I Co 9:8, I Ti 1:8, He 7:19, al.; ν. Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22, Jo 7:23, Ac 15:5, al.; κυρίου, Lk 2:39; κατὰ τὸν ν., Ac 22:12, He 7:5 9:22. Anarthrous (Bl., § 46, 8; ICC on Ro 2:12, 13 ), νόμος, of law in general: Ro 2:12, 14b 3:20, 21 4:15, al.; of the Mosaic law in its quality as law: Ro 2:14a 5:20 10:4, Ga 2:19, al.; οἱ ἐκ ν., Ro 4:14; ὑπὸ νόμον, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5; ν. πράσσειν ( πληροῦν ), Ro 2:25 13:8. Of Christian teaching: ν. πίστεως, Ro 3:27; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2. By meton., of the books which contain the law; of the Pentateuch: Mt 12:5, Jo 1:45, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται, Mt 5:17, Lk 16:16, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ προφῆται κ. ψαλμοί, Lk 24:44; of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. תּוֹרָה ): Jo 10:34 12:34 15:25, I Co 14:21, al.Scroll for more

templeA temple, either the whole building, or specifically the outer courts, open to worshippers.ἱερόν, -οῦ τό, v.s. ἱερός.Scroll for more

CaesarCaesar, a surname of the gens Iulia, which became practically synonymous with the Emperor for the time being; in the Gospels it always refers to Tiberias.Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ, Cæsar: Mt 22:17, Lk 2:1, Jo 19:12, Ac 25:8 ff., al.Scroll for more

to sinOriginally: I miss the mark, hence (a) I make a mistake, (b) I sin, commit a sin (against God); sometimes the idea of sinning against a fellow-creature is present.ἁμαρτάνω (pres. formed from aor. ἁμαρτεῖν ), [in LXX for חטא, also for אשׁם, רשׁע, etc.;] to miss the mark (Hom., Æsch., al.), hence metaph. (Hom., al.), to err, do wrong. In LXX and NT, to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): absol., Mt 18:25 27:4, Lk 17:3, Jo 5:14 8:11 9:2, 3, Ro 2:12 3:23 5:12, 14 5:16 6:15, I Co 7:28 7:36 15:34, Eph 4:26, I Ti 5:20, Tit 3:11, He 3:17 10:26, I Pe 2:20, II Pe 2:4 2:4 I Jn 1:10 Jn 2:1 Jn 3:6-9 Jn 5:18; c. cogn. acc., ἁ. ἁμαρτίαν (cf. Ex 32:30, חֲטָאָה חָטָא ), I Jn 5:16; seq. εἰς, Mt 18:21, Lk 15:18, 21 17:4, Ac 25:8 ( καίσαρα ). I Co 6:18 8:12 (Field, Notes, 173); ἐνώπιον, Lk 15:18, 21; πρὸς θάνατον (cf. Nu 18:22, חֵטְא לָמוּת ), I Jn 5:16 (Cremer, 98, 633).†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 23:2

← Back to Daniel 6:16

← Back to Matthew 27:15

Acts 25:9

9But Festus desiring to gain favor with the Jews answered Paul and said Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem and there be judged of these things before me

Related verses (4)

Acts 25:3, 20 | Acts 12:3 | Acts 24:27 | Mark 15:15

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

But

desiring

with the

Jews

favor

to gain

answered

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

and said

Wilt thou

Jerusalem

go up

there

these things

and … be judged

before

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

ὁhoh

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

δὲdeh

θέλωνTHEH-lohn

τοῖςtoys

Ἰουδαίοιςee-oo-DAI-oys

χάρινCHAH-reen

καταθέσθαιkah-tah-THEH-sthai

ἀποκριθεὶςah-poh-kree-THAYS

τῷtoh

ΠαύλῳPOW-loh

εἶπενAY-pen

ΘέλειςTHEH-lays

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

ἀναβὰςah-nah-BAHS

ἐκεῖeh-KAY

περὶpeh-REE

τούτωνTOO-tohn

κριθῆναιkree-THAY-nai

ἐπep

ἐμοῦeh-MOO

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

Φῆστοςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

θέλωνGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

Ἰουδαίοιςname of a people descended from a person

χάρινGreek noun, feminine

καταθέσθαιGreek verb

ἀποκριθεὶςGreek verb

τῷGreek article

Παύλῳname of a person

εἶπενGreek verb

ΘέλειςGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

ἀναβὰςGreek verb

ἐκεῖGreek adverb

περὶGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

κριθῆναιGreek verb

ἐπGreek preposition

ἐμοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to will/desireI will, wish, desire, am willing, intend, design.θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more freq. in Attic; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 415 f.), [in LXX for חפץ,אבה; c. neg., מאן pi., etc.;] to will, be willing, wish, desire (more freq. than βούλομαι, q.v., in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., v. Thayer, 286; but v. also Bl., §24, s.v.): absol., Ro 9:16, I Co 4:19 12:18, Ja 4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Ac 18:21; c. acc. rei, Mt 20:21, Mk 14:36, Jo 15:7, Ro 7:15, 16, I Co 4:21 7:36, Ga 5:17; c. inf., Mt 5:40, Mk 10:43, Jo 6:21, 67, Ro 7:21, Ga 4:9; c. acc. et inf., Mk 7:24, Lk 1:62, Jo 21:22, 23, Ro 16:19, I Co 14:5, Ga 6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mt 18:30, al.; id. c. inf., Mt 2:18, Mk 6:26, Jo 5:40, I Co 16:7; seq. ἵνα, Mt 7:12, Mk 6:25, Jo 17:24; opp. to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Ro 7:15, 19, II Co 8:10, 11, Phl 2:13; seq. ἤ ( ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179 24 ), I Co 14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ ( of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, c. acc. pers., Mt 27:43; c. acc. rei, Mt 9:13 12:7, He 10:5, 8; c. inf., I Pe 3:10; for אמר, c. inf., Ac 7:28 (v. Cremer, 726 ff.).Scroll for more

to attain(a) I lay down, deposit, (b) mid: I lay down or deposit a favor, with the view of receiving one in return, seek favor.κατα-τίθημι, [in LXX: I Ch 21:27 שׁוּב hi.), Ps 40 (41):8 ( יצק ), I Mac 10:23, al.;] to lay down, deposit, lay by: Mk 15:46, T; mid., to lay up for oneself: χάριν (Hdt., al., v. LS, s.v.), c. dat. pers., Ac 24:27 25:9.†Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

there(a) there, yonder, in that place, (b) thither, there.ἐκεῖ adv., [in LXX chiefly for שָׁם;] properly, of place, there: Mt 2:13 5:24, al.; οἱ ἐ., Mt 26:71; οὗ... ἐ., Mt 6:21 18:20 24:28, Mk 6:10, Lk 12:34; pleonastic, ὅπου... ἐ. (= שָׁם אֲשֶׁר, De 4:5, al.), Re 12:6, 14 (cf. Bl., § 50, 4). As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc., al.), with verbs of motion, for ἐκεῖσε, thither: Mt 2:22 17:20 24:28 26:36, Mk 6:33, Lk 12:18 17:37 21:2, Jo 11:8 18:2, 3, Ro 15:24Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

of theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to judge(a) I judge, whether in a law-court or privately: sometimes with cognate nouns emphasizing the notion of the verb, (b) I decide, I think (it) good.κρίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁפט, also for דּין, ריב, etc.;] to separate, select, choose (cl.; in LXX: II Mac 13:15 ). to approve, esteem: Ro 14:5. to be of opinion, judge, think: Lk 7:43, I Co 11:13; seq. τοῦτο ὅτι, II Co 5:14; c. acc. et inf., Ac 16:15; c. acc. et pred., Ac 13:46 26:8. to decide, determine, decree: c. acc., Ac 16:4, Ro 14:13, I Co 7:37, II Co 2:1; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac 20:16 25:25, I Co 2:2 5:3, Tit 3:12 (cf. I Mac 11:33, Wi 8:9, al.); c. acc. et inf., Ac 21:25 27:1. to judge, adjudge, pronounce judgment: absol., Jo 8:16, 26; seq. κατά, c. acc., Jo 7:24 8:15; κρίσιν κ., Jo 7:24; τ. δίκαιον, Lk 12:57 (Deiss., LAE, 118); in forensic sense, Jo 18:31, Ac 23:3, al.; pass., Ro 3:4 (LXX); of God's judgment, Jo 5:30 8:50, Ro 2:16 3:6, II Ti 4:1, I Pe 4:5, al. = κατακρίνω, to condemn (cl.): Ac 13:27; of God's judgment, Jo 3:18 5:22 12:47, 48, Ac 7:7, Ro 2:12, I Co 11:32, He 10:30 (LXX), Ja 5:9, Re 19:2, al. As in LXX (for שׁפט ), to rule, govern ( IV Ki 15:5, Ps 2:10, al.): Mt 19:28, Lk 22:30, I Co 6:3. to bring to trial (cl.); mid., to go to law: c. dat. pers., Mt 5:40; seq. μετά, c. gen. pers. (of the opponent), ἐπί, c. gen. (of the judge), I Co 6:1, 6 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἀντ-απο- ( -μαι ), δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, συν-, ὑπο- ( -μαι ), συν-υπο- ( -μαι )). SYN.: v.s. δικάστης.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 40:15

← Back to Esther 1:16

← Back to Psalms 25:21

← Back to Psalms 119:121

← Back to Jeremiah 37:20

Acts 25:10

10But Paul said I am standing before Caesar’s judgment seat where I ought to be judged to the Jews have I done no wrong as thou also very well knowest

Related verses (8)

said

But

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

before

The ASV does not translate this word.

judgment seat

Caesar’s

standing

I am

where

ought

to be judged

the Jews

to … have I done … wrong

also

thou

very well

knowest

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

εἶπενAY-pen

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

Ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοῦtoo

βήματοςBAY-mah-tohs

ΚαίσαροςKAI-sah-rohs

ἑστώςheh-STOHS

εἰμιay-mee

οὗhoo

μεmeh

δεῖday

κρίνεσθαιKREE-neh-sthai

Ἰουδαίουςee-oo-DAI-oos

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

ἠδίκησαay-DEE-kay-sah

ὡςhohs

καὶkai

σὺsoo

κάλλιονKAH-lee-ohn

ἐπιγινώσκειςeh-pee-gee-NOH-skays

The Pieces

εἶπενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

ἘπὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

βήματοςGreek noun, neuter

Καίσαρος

ἑστώςGreek verb

εἰμιGreek verb

οὗGreek adverb

μεGreek pronoun

δεῖGreek verb

κρίνεσθαιGreek verb

Ἰουδαίουςname of a people descended from a person

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

ἠδίκησαGreek verb

ὡςGreek preposition

καὶGreek conjunction

σὺGreek pronoun

κάλλιονGreek adverb

ἐπιγινώσκειςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

whitherWhere, whither, when, in what place.οὗ (prop. gen. of ὅς ), adv. of place, where, whither; in answer to the question "where?" (= ubi ): Mt 2:9 18:20, Lk 4:16, 17 23:53, Ac 1:13 2:2 7:29 12:12 16:13 20:6, 8 25:10 28:14, Ro 9:26 (LXX), Col 3:1, He 3:9 (LXX), Re 17:15; of condition, Ro 4:15 5:20, II Co 3:17; in answer to the question "whither?" (= quo ): Mt 28:16, Lk 10:1 24:28; seq. ἐάν, c. subjc., I Co 16:6.†Scroll for more

meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

to harmI act unjustly towards, injure, harm.ἀδικέω, -ῶ (< ἄδικος ), [in LXX for עשׁק, עוה, etc.;] intrans., to be ἄδικος, do wrong, act wickedly or criminally: Ac 25:11, I Co 6:8, II Co 7:12, Col 3:25, Re 22:11; to do hurt, Re 9:19. Trans. to do some wrong: ὃ ἠδίκησεν, Col 3:25; to wrong some one, Mt 20:13, Ac 7:26, 27 25:10, II Co 7:2, Ga 4:12, Phm 18, II Pe 2:13; pass., Ac 7:24, II Co 7:12; mid., I Co 6:7 ( suffer... to be wronged; WM, §38, 3; but v. Bl., §54, 5; and cf. ἀποστερέω ); to injure, hurt: Lk 10:19 Re 2:11 6:6 7:2, 3 9:4, 10 11:5.†Scroll for more

as/whenAs, like as, about, as it were, according as, how, when, while, as soon as, so that.ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως... ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς... οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω ), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:52, Jo 7:10, al.; c. verb., Jo 15:6, II Co 3:1, Eph 2:3, I Th 5:6, al.; c. ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, He 13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Ro 9:32; so esp, c. gen. absol., I Co 4:18, II Co 5:20, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 1:3. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mk 5:13, Jo 1:40, Ac 5:7, al. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10:15 11:33, I Th 2:10; c. superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Ac 17:15. As conjunction; temporal, as, when, since: Mk 9:21 14:72, Lk 1:23, Jo 2:9, al.; while, when, as long as: Lk 12:58, Jo 12:36, Ga 6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. ἄν ), Ro 15:24, I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Lk 9:52, Ac 20:24, He 7:9.Scroll for more

youYou.σύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

goodVery well.καλλίων, -ον, compar. of καλός, v.s. καλῶς.Scroll for more

to come to knowI come to know by directing my attention to him or it, I perceive, discern, recognize; aor: I found out.ἐπι-γινώσκω [in LXX chiefly for נָכַר: hi., also for יָדַע, etc.;] "directive" of γινώσκω (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl.; to observe, perceive, discern, recognize; absol.: Ac 25:10, I Co 13:12; seq. ὅτι, Lk 1:22; τ. πνεύματι, seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:8; c. acc rei: Lk 1:4 5:22, Ac 12:14 27:39, Ro 1:32, II Co 1:13, Col 1:6, I Ti 4:3; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Mk 5:30; seq. ὅτι, I Co 14:37; c. acc pers.: Mt 11:27 14:35 17:12, Mk 6:33 (T, αὐτούς, but LTr., WH, R, omit the pron., and LTr., WH, txt., read ἔγνωσαν ), ib. 54, Lk 24:16, 31, I Co 16:18, II Co 1:14; seq. ἀπό, c. gen. rei, Mt 7:16, 20; seq. ὅτι, Ac 3:10 4:13, II Co 13:5; pass., I Co 13:12; opp. to ἀγνοούμενοι, II Co 6:9. to discover, ascertain, determine: Ac 9:30; seq. ὅτι, Lk 7:37 23:7, Ac 19:34 22:29 24:11 28:1; c. acc rei, seq. quæst., Ac 23:28; δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, Ac 22:24; παρά, c. gen. pers., seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 24:8; τ. ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, II Pe 2:21 (cf. Lft., Col., 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; AR, Eph., 248 ff.).†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 44:9

← Back to Deuteronomy 21:22

← Back to Joshua 22:22

← Back to 1 Samuel 20:8

Acts 25:11

11If then I am a wrong doer and have committed anything worthy of death I refuse not to die but if none of those things is true whereof these accuse me no man can give me up unto them I appeal unto Caesar

Related verses (12)

The ASV does not translate this word.

then

I am a wrong doer

and

worthy

of death

have committed

anything

not

I refuse

The ASV does not translate this word.

to die

but

none of those things

whereof

these

accuse

no man

can

unto them

give … up

Caesar

I appeal unto

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

εἰay

μὲνmen

οὖνoon

ἀδικῶah-dee-KOH

καὶkai

ἄξιονAH-ksee-ohn

θανάτουthah-NAH-too

πέπραχάPEH-prah-chah

τιtee

οὐoo

παραιτοῦμαιpah-rai-TOO-mai

τὸtoh

ἀποθανεῖνah-poh-thah-NAYN

εἰay

δὲdeh

οὐδένoo-DEN

ἐστινeh-steen

ὧνhohn

οὗτοιHOO-toy

κατηγοροῦσίνkah-tay-goh-ROO-seen

μουmoo

οὐδείςoo-DAYS

μεmeh

δύναταιDOO-nah-tai

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

χαρίσασθαιchah-REE-sah-sthai

ΚαίσαραKAI-sah-rah

ἐπικαλοῦμαιeh-pee-kah-LOO-mai

The Pieces

εἰGreek conditional

μὲνGreek particle

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἀδικῶGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἄξιονGreek adjective

θανάτουGreek noun, masculine

πέπραχάGreek verb

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

παραιτοῦμαιGreek verb

τὸGreek article

ἀποθανεῖνGreek verb

εἰGreek conditional

δὲGreek conjunction

οὐδένGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

οὗτοιGreek demonstrative pronoun

κατηγοροῦσίνGreek verb

μουGreek pronoun

οὐδείςGreek adjective

μεGreek pronoun

δύναταιGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

χαρίσασθαιGreek verb

Καίσαρα

ἐπικαλοῦμαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

worthyWorthy, worthy of, deserving, comparable, suitable.ἄξιος, -α, -ον (< ἄγω, in sense, to weigh ), [in LXX for בֵּן ( De 25:2 ), מָלֵא, שָׁוָה; freq. in Wis, II Mac;] of weight, worth (often c. gen., cf. Pr 3:15 8:11 ), seq. πρός: Ro 8:18 (v. Field, Notes, 157); befitting, meet: c. gen., Mt 3:8, Lk 3:8 23:41, Ac 26:20, I Co 16:4 (v. M, Pr., 216); absol., II Th 1:3; of persons, worthy; in good sense: c. gen. rei, Mt 10:10, Lk 7:4 10:7, Ac 13:46, I Ti 1:15 4:9 5:18 6:1; c. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., 203): Lk 15:19, 21, Ac 13:25, Re 4:11 5:2, 4, 9, 12; seq. ἵνα: Jo 1:27; ὅς, Lk 7:4; absol., but of what understood: Mt 10:11, 13 22:8, Re 3:4; c. gen. pers., Mt 10:37, 38, He 11:38; in bad sense; c. gen. rei, Lk 12:48 23:15, Ac 23:29 25:11, 25 26:31, Ro 1:32; absol., Re 16:6 (MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

deathDeath, physical or spiritual.θάνατος, -ου, ὁ ( θνήσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for מָוֶת,מוּת, sometimes דֶּבֶר;] death; of the death of the body, whether natural or violent: Jo 11:13, Phl 2:27, He 7:23, al; opp. to ζωή, Ro 8:38, Phl 1:20; of the death of Christ, Ro 5:10, Phl 3:10, He 2:9; ῥυέσθαι (σώζειν) ἐκ θ., II Co 1:10, He 5:7; περίλυπος ἕως θανάτου, Mt 26:38, Mk 14:34; μέχρι (ἄχρι) θ., Phl 2:8, Re 2:10; πληγὴ θανάτου, a deadly wound, Re 13:3; ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; γεύεσθαι θανάτου, Mk 9:1; ἔνοχος θανάτου, Mk 14:64; θανάτῳ τελευτᾶν ( Ex 21:17, מוּת יוּמָת ), Mk 7:10; death personified, Ro 6:9, I Co 15:26, Re 21:4; pl., of deadly perils, II Co 11:23. Of spiritual death: Jo 5:24 8:51, Ro 7:10, Ja 1:15 5:20, I Jo 3:14 5:16, al.; of eternal death, Ro 1:32 7:5, al.; ὁ θ. ὁ δεύτερος, Re 2:11 21:8 (cf. Cremer, 283 ff.; DB, iii, 114 ff.; DCG, i, 791 f.).Scroll for more

to do/requireI do, perform, accomplish; be in any condition, i.e. I fare; I exact, require.πράσσω, (Att. -ττω, and so Ac 17:7 Rec.; cf. M, Pr., 25, 45), [in LXX chiefly for עשׂה, פָּעַל;] = Lat agere, as ποιέω (q.v.) = facere, to do, practise, be engaged in: Ac 19:19, 36, I Co 9:17; τ. ἴδια π., to mind one's own business ( τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, Soph., Plat.), I Th 4:11; intrans., to act, Ac 17:7. to achieve, effect, accomplish, perform: Ac 26:20, 26, Ro 7:15 9:11, II Co 5:10, Phl 4:9; νόμον ( ICC, in l.), Ro 2:25; of unworthy acts (for wh. usually ποιέω in cl.), to commit, do: Lk 22:23 23:41, Jo 3:20 5:29, Ac 3:17 5:35 16:28 25:11, 25 26:9, 31, Ro 1:32 ( ICC, in l.), 2:1-3 7:19 13:4, I Co 5:2, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:21. to transact, manage, hence, of payment, to exact (cl.): Lk 3:13 19:23. Reflexively, of state or condition, to do or fare (Æsch., Hdt., al.): Eph 6:21; εὖ π. (v. M, Pr., 228 f.), Ac 15:29.† SYN.: v.s. ποιέω.Scroll for more

to refuse/excuseI beg off, make excuse, deprecate, refuse, reject, decline, shun, avoid.παρ-αιτέομαι, -οῦμαι, [in LXX for בּקשׁ pi., etc.;] to beg of or from another: Mk 15:6 (Rec. ὅνπερ ᾐτοῦντο, v. Field, Notes, 43). to deprecate; prop., c. neg., to entreat that not (Thuc., al.): He 12:19; to refuse, decline, avoid: o. acc., I Ti 4:7 5:11, II Ti 2:23, Tit 3:10, He 12:25 (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 234). to beg off, ask to be excused, excuse (Polyb., al.): Lk 14:18, 19 ( He 12:25, Field, Notes, 234).†Scroll for more

to dieI am dying, am about to die, wither, decay.ἀπο-θνῄσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מוּת;] to die: of natural death, Mk 5:35, al.; of violent death (pass. of ἀποκτείνω ), esp. of Christ, Mt 26:35, Jo 12:33, He 10:28, al.; of spiritual death, Jo 6:50, Ro 8:13, al.; c. dat. ref., Ro 6:2, 10 14:7, 8, Ga 2:19; acc., ὅ, Ro 6:10; seq. ἐν, Mt 8:32, Jo 8:21, 24, I Co 15:22, He 11:37, Re 14:13; seq. ὑπέρ, περί, Jo 11:50, 51 18:14, Ro 5:6-8 14:15, I Co 15:3, II Co 5:15, I Th 5:10, I Pe 3:18; ἀπό, Col 2:20; ἐκ, Re 8:11; fig., I Co 15:31 (cf. συν-αποθνήσκω, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258 f.; DCG, i, 791 b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v.; on the perfective force of this verb, M, Pr., 112, 114; and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor., M, Pr., 113 f.).Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

be able(a) I am powerful, have (the) power, (b) I am able, I can.δύναμαι, depon., [in LXX chiefly for יָכֹל;] to be able, have power, whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; WM, § 44, 3) pres., Mt 6:24, Mk 2:7, Jo 3:2, I Co 10:21, al.; c. inf. aor., Mt 3:9, Mk 1:45, Jo 3:3, 4 Ro 8:39, al.; c. acc., to be able to do something: Mk 9:22, Lk 12:26; II Co 13:8; absol., to be able, capable, powerful: I Co 3:2 10:13.Scroll for more

to give grace(a) I show favor to, (b) I pardon, forgive, (c) I show kindness.χαρίζομαι (< χάρις ), [in LXX: Es 8:7 ( נתן ), Ca 1:4 א, Si 12:3, II-IV Mac 9 *;] to show favour or kindness: c. dat. pers., Ga 3:18. to give freely, bestow: c. acc et dat., Lk 7:21, Ac 3:14 25:11, 16 27:24, Ro 8:32, I Co 2:12, Phl 1:29 2:9, Phm 22. In late Gk. (= Lat. condonare ), to grant forgiveness, forgive freely: of debt, Lk 7:42, 43 (EGT, in l.); of sin, II Co 2:7, 10 12:13, Eph 4:32, Col 2:13 3:13 (cf. DB, ii, 57 a ).†Scroll for more

to call or name(a) I call (name) by a supplementary (additional, alternative) name, (b) mid: I call upon, appeal to, address.ἐπι-καλέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא;] to call, name, surname: c. acc (cl.), Mt 10:25; pass., Ac 1:23 4:36 10:5, 18, 32 11:13 12:12, 25, He 11:16; τ. ὄνομα, seq. ἐπί (denoting possession, as Heb.. עַל נִקְרָא שֵׁם. ), Ac 15:17 (LXX), Ja 2:7 (see. CB on Am 9:12 ). Mid. (so also act.; cl., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to ( θεόν, θεούς, Hdt., Xen., al.; cf. Deiss., LAE, 426): Καίσαρα ( Σεβαστόν, Ac 25:25 ), Ac 25:11, 12, 21 26:32 28:19; sc. τ. Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, Ac 7:59; μάρτυρα (cl.) τ. θεόν, II Co 1:23; πατέρα, I Pe 1:17; τ. κύριον, Ro 10:12, II Ti 2:22; τ. ὄνομα κυρίου ( μου, σου; like Heb. בְּשֵׁם יְהֹוָה קָרָא ), Ac 2:21 (LXX) Ac 9:14, 21 22:16, Ro 10:13, 14 (LXX) I Co 1:2 (Cremer, 335, 742).†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 27:1

Acts 25:12

12Then Festus when he had conferred with the council answered Thou hast appealed unto Caesar unto Caesar shalt thou go

Related verses (12)

Then

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

when he had conferred

with

the

council

answered

Caesar

Thou hast appealed unto

unto

Caesar

shalt thou go

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

τότεTOH-teh

ὁhoh

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

συλλαλήσαςsoo-lah-LAY-sahs

μετὰmeh-TAH

τοῦtoo

συμβουλίουsoom-boo-LEE-oo

ἀπεκρίθηah-peh-KREE-thay

ΚαίσαραKAI-sah-rah

ἐπικέκλησαιeh-pee-KEH-klay-sai

ἐπὶeh-PEE

ΚαίσαραKAI-sah-rah

πορεύσῃpoh-RYOO-say

The Pieces

τότεGreek adverb

ὁGreek article

Φῆστοςname of a person

συλλαλήσαςGreek verb

μετὰGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

συμβουλίουGreek noun, neuter

ἀπεκρίθηGreek verb

Καίσαρα

ἐπικέκλησαιGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

Καίσαρα

πορεύσῃGreek verb

What It Can Mean

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to talk withI talk with, discuss.συν-λαλέω (Rec. συλλ- ), -ῶ, [in LXX for דּבר pi., שִׂיחַ;] to talk with or together: (c. dat. pers., Mk 9:4, Lk 9:30 22:4; seq. μετά, c. gen., Mt 17:3, Ac 25:12;. πρός, c. acc., Lk 4:36.†Scroll for more

counsel/council(a) a body of advisers (assessors) in a court, a council, (b) abstr: consultation, counsel, advice; resolution, decree.**† συμβούλιον, -ου, τό (< σύμβουλος ), [in LXX: IV Mac 17:17 א *;] a word of the Græco-Roman period (of. Lat. consilium, and v. Deiss., BS, 238) = cl. συμβουλία (Arist., Xen.), counsel: σ. λαμβάνειν, Mt 12:14 22:15 27:1, 7 28:12; διδόναι, Mk 3:6 ( ποιεῖν, Rec.); ποιεῖν, Mk 15:1 ( ἑτοιμάζειν, WH, mg.). By meton., a council ( IV Mac, l.c. א; συνέδριον, AR): Ac 25:12 (v. MM, xxiv).†Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 28:10

← Back to Acts 12:19

← Back to Acts 21:7

Acts 25:13

13Now when certain days were passed Agrippa the king and Bernice arrived at Caesarea and saluted Festus

Related verses (7)

days

Now

when … were passed

certain

Agrippa

the

king

and

Bernice

arrived

Caesarea

and saluted

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Ἡμερῶνhay-meh-ROHN

δὲdeh

διαγενομένωνdee-ah-geh-noh-MEH-nohn

τινῶνtee-NOHN

Ἀγρίππαςah-GREE-pahs

ὁhoh

βασιλεὺςbah-see-LYOOS

καὶkai

Βερνίκηbehr-NEE-kay

κατήντησανkah-TAYN-tay-sahn

εἰςays

Καισάρειανkai-SAH-ray-ahn

ἀσπασάμενοιah-spah-SAH-meh-noy

τὸνtohn

ΦῆστονFAY-stohn

The Pieces

ἩμερῶνGreek noun, feminine

δὲGreek conjunction

διαγενομένωνGreek verb

τινῶνGreek indefinite pronoun

Ἀγρίππαςname of a person

ὁGreek article

βασιλεὺςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

Βερνίκηname of a person

κατήντησανGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Καισάρειανname of a place

ἀσπασάμενοιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

Φῆστονname of a person

What It Can Mean

to passI pass (of time); I continue through, intervene.** δια-γίνομαι (Ion. and late Gk. for διαγίγν- ), [in LXX, II Mac 11:26 *;] to go through, to pass, e.g. τ. νύκτα; absol., to live. Of time, to intervene, elapse: ptcp., c. ἡμερῶν τινῶν, Ac 25:13; ἱκανοῦ χρόνου, ib. 27:9; τ. σαβάτου, Mk 16:1.†Scroll for more

AgrippaAgrippa, i.e. Herod Agrippa II.Ἀγρίππας, -α (Bl., §7, 2), ὁ, Agrippa (II): Ac 25:13, 22, 23, 24, 26 26:1, 2, 19, 27, 28, 32. (For Agrippa I, v.s. Ἡρῴδης, 3.) †Scroll for more

kingA king, ruler, but in some passages clearly to be translated: emperor.βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מֶלֶךְ;] a king: Mt 1:6 2:1; used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mt 14:9; of the Roman Emperor, as freq. in κοινή (Deiss., LAE, p. 367), I Pe 2:13, 17; of the Christ, in the phrase ὁ β. τ. Ἰουδαίων, Mt 2:2, al.; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Mk 15:32, Jo 1:50 12:13; of God, Mt 5:35, I Ti 1:17, Re 15:3; β. βασιλέων, Re 17:14 19:16; β. τ. βασιλευόντων, I Ti 6:15 (on the associations of the word to Jewish Hellenists, v. Cl. Rev., i, 7).†Scroll for more

BerniceBernice, daughter of Agrippa I and Kypros, and sister of M. Julius Agrippa II.Βερνίκη (elsewhere Βερενίκη, Macedonian form of Φερενίκη, cf. Veronica, Victoria ), -ης, ἡ, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I: Ac 25:13, 23 26:30.†Scroll for more

to come to(a) I come down, either from high land to lower (or actually to the sea-coast), or from the high seas to the coast; hence met: I arrive at, reach (my destination), (b) of property: I come down (descend) by inheritance to an heir.† κατ-αντάω, -ῶ, [in LXX: II Ki 3:29 ( חוּל ), II Mac 4:21, 24, 44 Mac 6:14 *;] to come to, arrive at: seq. εἰς, c. acc. loc., Ac 16:1 18:19, 24 21:7 25:13 (v. M, Pr., 132) 27:12 28:13; seq. ἀντικρύ, c. gen., Ac 20:15. Metaph., seq. εἰς, c. acc. pers., I Co 10:11 14:36; id. c. acc. rei, to attain to: Ac 26:7, Eph 4:13, Phl 3:11.†Scroll for more

to pay respects toI greet, salute, pay my respects to, welcome.ἀσπάζομαι depon., [in LXX: Ez 18:7, Jg 18:15 ( לְשָׁלוֹם שָׁאַל ), Es 5:2, I Mac 7:29, al.;] to welcome, greet, salute: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:47, Mk 9:15, Ac 21:7, al.; id. seq. ἐν φιλήματι, Ro 16:16, I Co 16:20, II Co 13:12, I Th 5:26, I Pe 5:14; τ. ἐκκλησίαν (Deiss., BS, 257), Ac 18:22; as term. tech. for conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Ro 16:22 (on the aoristic pres., here and elsewhere, v. M, Pr., 119; Bl., § 56, 4); κατήντησαν... ἀσπασάμενοι (on this constr., v. Bl., § 58, 4; M, Pr., 132, 238), Ac 25:13 (cf. ἀπ-ασπάζομαι ).†Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 23:24

← Back to Acts 26:29

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:23

Acts 25:14

14And as they tarried there many days Festus laid Paul’s case before the king saying There is a certain man left a prisoner by Felix

Related verses (1)

Acts 24:27

And

many

days

they tarried

there

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

before the

king

laid

case

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul’s

saying

man

a certain

There is

left

Felix

a prisoner

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

ὡςhohs

δὲdeh

πλείουςPLAY-oos

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

διέτριβονdee-EH-tree-bohn

ἐκεῖeh-KAY

ὁhoh

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

τῷtoh

βασιλεῖbah-see-LAY

ἀνέθετοah-NEH-theh-toh

τὰtah

κατὰkah-TAH

τὸνtohn

ΠαῦλονPOW-lohn

λέγωνLEH-gohn

Ἀνήρah-NAYR

τίςtees

ἐστινeh-steen

καταλελειμμένοςkah-tah-leh-lay-MEH-nohs

ὑπὸhoo-POH

ΦήλικοςFAY-lee-kohs

δέσμιοςDEH-smee-ohs

The Pieces

ὡςGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

πλείουςGreek adjective

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

διέτριβονGreek verb

ἐκεῖGreek adverb

ὁGreek article

Φῆστοςname of a person

τῷGreek article

βασιλεῖGreek noun, masculine

ἀνέθετοGreek verb

τὰGreek article

κατὰGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

Παῦλονname of a person

λέγωνGreek verb

ἈνήρGreek noun, masculine

τίςGreek interrogative pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

καταλελειμμένοςGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

Φήλικοςname of a person

δέσμιοςGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

greaterMore, greater, of higher value.πλέον, v.s. πολύς.Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to set beforeI lay (a case) before, impart, communicate, declare, relate (with a view to consulting).ἀνα-τίθημι, [in LXX chiefly for חרם (Cremer, 546);] to lay upon, set up, etc. Mid. -εμαι, in late writers (Plut., al.; v. also MM, VGT, s.v.), to set forth, declare: Ac 25:14, Ga 2:2.†Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

to leave behindI leave behind, desert, abandon, forsake; I leave remaining, reserve.κατα-λείπω, [in LXX chiefly far שׁאר, ni., hi., also for עזב, יתר, etc.;] to leave behind, leave: c. acc. pers. (rei), Mt 4:13, Mk 12:19, 21, Lk 20:31, Ac 24:27 25:14, He 11:27; of sailing by a place, Ac 21:3; ptcp., καταλιπών, redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 16:4 21:17; pass., Jo 8:[9], I Th 3:1; metaph., εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, II Pe 2:15. to forsake, abandon: Mt 19:5, Mk 10:7 (LXX) 14:52, Lk 5:28 15:4, Ac 6:2, Eph 5:31 (LXX). to leave remaining, reserve: c. acc. et inf., Lk 10:40; ἐμαυτῷ, Ro 11:4 (LXX); pass., He 4:1 (cf. ἐν-κατα-λείπω ).†Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

FelixFelix, third name of (Marcus) Antonius Felix, procurator of the Roman province Judea from an uncertain date (before A.D. 52 ?) till A.D. 59.φῆλιξ (L, Φή- ), -ικος, ὁ Felix, procurator of Judæa: Ac 23:24, 26 24:3, 22, 24, 25, 27 25:14.†Scroll for more

prisonerOne bound, a prisoner.δέσμιος, -ον (also -α, -ον; < δεσμός ), [in LXX for אסר;] binding. bound, captive; ὁ δ., as subst., a prisoner: Mt 27:15, 16, Mk 15:6, Ac 16:25, 27 23:18 25:14, 27 28:16 (Rec.) 17, He 10:34 13:3; ὁ δ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Eph 3:1, II Ti 1:8, Phm 1, 9; ὁ δ. ἐν κυρίῳ, Eph 4:1.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 25:2

Acts 25:15

15about whom when I was at Jerusalem the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me asking for sentence against him

Related verses (4)

Acts 25:1-3 | Esther 3:9 | Luke 18:3-5 | Luke 23:23

about

whom

when … was

Jerusalem

informed me

the

chief priests

and

the

elders

of the

Jews

asking for

against

him

sentence

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

περὶpeh-REE

οὗhoo

γενομένουgeh-noh-MEH-noo

μουmoo

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

ἐνεφάνισανeh-neh-FAH-nee-sahn

οἱhoy

ἀρχιερεῖςahr-chee-eh-RAYS

καὶkai

οἱhoy

πρεσβύτεροιpreh-SBOO-teh-roy

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

αἰτούμενοιai-TOO-meh-noy

κατkaht

αὐτοῦow-TOO

καταδίκηνkah-tah-DEE-kayn

The Pieces

περὶGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

γενομένουGreek verb

μουGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

ἐνεφάνισανGreek verb

οἱGreek article

ἀρχιερεῖςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

πρεσβύτεροιGreek noun

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

αἰτούμενοιGreek verb

κατGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

καταδίκηνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

elder: ElderElder, usually used as subst.; an elder, a member of the Sanhedrin, an elder of a Christian assembly.πρέσβυς, -εως, ὁ, poët. form of πρεσβύτης (q.v.), [in LXX (= πρεσβευτής, an ambassador ): Nu 21:20 ( 21 ), al. ( מַלְאָךְ ), Is 13:8 57:9 ( צִיר ), I Mac 9:70, al.;] an old man. Compar., πρεσβύτερος, -α, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for זָקֵן;] of age, elder: ὁ νἱὸς ὁ π., Lk 15:25; as subst., opp. to νεανίσκοι, Ac 2:17; to νεώτερος, I Ti 5:1, 2; of the religious leaders of the past, Mt 15:2, Mk 7:3, 5, He 11:2 (= οἱ πατέρες, He 1:1 ). Of dignity, rank or office (as found in π. and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt; v. Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 233 ff.; LAE, 373); among Jews: Mt 16:21 26:47, 57 27:3, 12, 20, 41 28:12, Mk 8:31 11:27 14:43, 53 15:1, Lk 7:3 9:22 20:1 22:52, Jo 8:[9], Ac 4:5, 8, 23 6:12 23:14 24:1; τ. Ἰουνδαίων, Ac 25:15; τ. λαοῦ, Mt 21:23 26:3 27:1; among Christians: Ac 11:30 14:23 15:2, 4, 6, 22, 23 16:4 21:18, I Ti 5:17, 19, Tit 1:5, II Jn 1, III Jn 1, I Pe 5:1, 5; τ. ἐκκλησίας, Ac 20:17, Ja 5:14; in the visions of the Apocalypse: Re 4:4, 10 5:5, 6, 8, 11, 14 7:11, 13 11:16 14:3 19:4. (On the NT use of this word and its relation to ἐπίσκοπος (q.v.), cf. Lft., Phl., 93 ff., 189 ff.; CGT, Past. Epp., lvi ff.) †Scroll for more

condemnation(a) (originally: custom, usage) right, justice, (b) process of law, judicial hearing, (c) execution of sentence, punishment, penalty, (d) justice, vengeance.δίκη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX for נקם, ריב, etc.;] custom. right. a judicial hearing; hence its result, the execution of a sentence, punishment: δ. τίνειν, II Th 1:9; δ. υπεχειν, Ju 7. Personified (cf. Lat. Justitia ), justice, vengeance: Ac 28:4.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 39:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:3

← Back to 1 Timothy 5:19

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:16

Acts 25:16

16To whom I answered that it is not the custom of the Romans to give up any man before that the accused have the accusers face to face and have had opportunity to make his defence concerning the matter laid against him

Related verses (6)

whom

I answered

that

not

it is

the custom

of the Romans

to give up

any

man

before

that

the

accused

face to face

have

the

accusers

opportunity

and

to make his defence

have had

concerning

the

matter laid against him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

πρὸςprohs

οὓςhoos

ἀπεκρίθηνah-peh-KREE-thayn

ὅτιHOH-tee

οὐκook

ἔστινEH-steen

ἔθοςEH-thohs

Ῥωμαίοιςroh-MAI-oys

χαρίζεσθαίchah-REE-zeh-sthai

τιναtee-nah

ἄνθρωπονAHN-throh-pohn

πρὶνpreen

ἢay

ὁhoh

κατηγορούμενοςkah-tay-goh-ROO-meh-nohs

κατὰkah-TAH

πρόσωπονPROH-soh-pohn

ἔχοιEH-choy

τοὺςtoos

κατηγόρουςkah-tay-GOH-roos

τόπονTOH-pohn

τεteh

ἀπολογίαςah-poh-loh-GEE-ahs

λάβοιLAH-boy

περὶpeh-REE

τοῦtoo

ἐγκλήματοςen-KLAY-mah-tohs

The Pieces

πρὸςGreek preposition

οὓςGreek relative pronoun

ἀπεκρίθηνGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔστινGreek verb

ἔθοςGreek noun, neuter

Ῥωμαίοιςname of a people of a place

χαρίζεσθαίGreek verb

τιναGreek indefinite pronoun

ἄνθρωπονGreek noun, masculine

πρὶνGreek preposition

ἢGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

κατηγορούμενοςGreek verb

κατὰGreek preposition

πρόσωπονGreek noun, neuter

ἔχοιGreek verb

τοὺςGreek article

κατηγόρουςGreek noun, masculine

τόπονGreek noun, masculine

τεGreek conjunction

ἀπολογίαςGreek noun, feminine

λάβοιGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἐγκλήματοςGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

customA custom, habit; an institute, rite.** ἔθος, -εος (-ους), τό (< ἔθω ), [in LXX: Wi 14:16, Da TH Bel 15, I Mac 10:89, II Mac 11:25 13:4, IV Mac 18:5 א R*;] habit, custom; Lk 22:39, Jo 19:40, Ac 16:21 25:16, He 10:25; in Lk 1:9 2:42, Ac 6:14 15:1 21:21 26:3 28:17, almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).†Scroll for more

RomanRoman; subst: a Roman citizen.Ῥωμαῖος, -α, -ον Roman: Jo 11:48, Ac 2:10 (RV, from Rome ), Ac 16:21, 37, 38 22:25-27, 29 23:27 25:16 28:17.†Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

beforeFormerly, before.πρίν, as adv. of time, before, formerly (cl.; III Mac 5:28 6:4, 31 ). As conjc. (cl.), before; after a positive sentence, c. acc. et inf.: Mt 26:34, 75, Mk 14:72, Lk 22:61, Jo 4:49 8:58 (where D. om. γενέσθαι and π. becomes prep. c. gen.; v. Bl., § 69, 7) 14:29, Ac 2:20 (LXX), WH, txt.; πρὶν ἤ (not such good Attic in this construction; v. Bl., § 69, 7), Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30, Ac 2:20, WH, mg., 7:2; after a negative sentence, πρὶν ἤ: a. subjc. (seq. ἄν, M, Pr., 169), Lk 2:26; c. optat., Ac 25:16.†Scroll for more

faceThe face, countenance, surface.πρόσωπον, -ου, τό (< πρός, ὤψ ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for פָּנִים;] prop., of persons (so always in cl.); the face, countenance: Mt 6:16, 17, Mk 14:65, Lk 9:29, II Co 3:7, Re 4:7, al.; τὸ π. τῆς γενέσεως (EV, natural face ), Ja 1:23; πίπτειν ἐπὶ ( τὰ ) π., Mt 17:6, Lk 5:12, Re 7:11, al.; ἀγνοούμενος τῷ π., Ga 1:22; π., οὐ καρδίᾳ, I Th 2:17; κατὰ πρόσωπον ( in front, facing: Thuc., Xen., al.), when present, face to face, Ac 25:16, II Co 10:1, 7, Ga 2:11; id. c. gen., as compound prep., in the presence of (not cl.; v. Bl., § 40, 9; M, Pr., 99 f.; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.), Lk 2:31, Ac 3:13; similarly ἀπὸ π. (Heb. מִלִּפְּנֵי; v. Dalman, Words, 29), from the presence of, Ac 3:19 5:41 7:45, II Th 1:9, Re 12:14 20:11; πρὸ π. (Heb. לִפְנֵי ), before, Mt 11:10, Mk 1:2, Lk 7:27 (LXX), al.; in other phrases resembling Heb. idiom (Thackeray, Gr., 42), βλέπειν ( ὁρᾶν, θεωρεῖν, ἰδεῖν ) τὸ π., to see one's face, i.e. see him in person, Mt 18:10, Ac 20:25, 38, I Th 3:10, Re 22:4; ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, He 9:24; ἐν π. Χριστοῦ, II Co 2:10 4:6; μετὰ τοῦ π. σου, with thy presence, Ac 2:28 (LXX); εἰς π. τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, II Co 8:24; στηρίζειν τὸ π. (Heb. שׂוּם פָּנִים: Je 21:10, al.; v. Dalman, Words, 30), c. inf., to set one's face towards, Lk 9:51; similarly, τὸ π. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον ( op. cit., 31), Lk 9:53; τὸ π. τοῦ κυρίου ἐπί, I Pe 3:12 (LXX); form, person: καυχᾶσθαι ἐν π. καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ, II Co 5:12 (cf. I Ki 16:7 ); metaph., as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to appearance, external condition or circumstances ( נשָׂאָ probably misspelled נָשָׂא פָּנִים; v. Dalman, Words, 30; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.): λαμβάνειν π., Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; βλέπειν εἰς π., Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14; θαυμάζειν πρόσωπα, Ju 16. Of things (cf. Dalman, Words, 30); face, appearance ( Ps 103 (104):30 ): Mt 16:3 (WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 12:56, Ja 1:11; surface ( Ge 2:6 ): Lk 21:35, Ac 17:26.Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

accuserAn accuser, prosecutor.κατήγορος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX: Pr 18:17 ( ריב ), II Mac 4:5 *;] an accuser: Ac 23:30, 35 24:8 (WH, R, txt. om.) Ac 25:16, 18.†Scroll for more

placeA place, region, seat; an opportunity.τόπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מָקֹום;] place: Lk 4:37 10:1, 32, Jo 5:13 6:10, Ac 12:17, I Co 1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13 ), Mt 24:15; ἔρημος, Mt 14:13, al.; πεδινός, Lk 6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mt 12:43, Lk 11:24; κατὰ τόπους (EV, in divers places ), Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Ac 27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (q.v.), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jo 14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Re 12:6; διδόναι, Lk 14:9; c. gen. defin., τ. βασάνου, Lk 16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Ac 7:49; κρανίου, Mt 27:33, Mk 15:22, Jo 19:17; seq. οὗ, Ro 9:26; ὅπου, Mt 28:6, Mk 16:6, Jo 4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jo 11:6; ἐφ’ ᾧ, Ac 7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mt 26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Ac 1:25; of a place in a book, Lk 4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25:16, Ro 12:19 15:23, Eph 4:27 (cf. Si 38:12 ). SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

defenceA verbal defense (particularly in a law court).** ἀπολογία, -ας, ἡ (< ἀπολογέομαι ), [in LXX: Wi 6:10 *;] a speech in defence: Ac 25:16, II Co 7:11, Phl 1:7, 16, II Ti 4:16; c. dat. pers., I Co 9:3, I Pe 3:15; seq. πρός, Ac 22:1.†Scroll for more

to take(a) I receive, get, (b) I take, lay hold of.λαμβάνω, [in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for נשׂא, לכד, אחז, etc.;] to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 26:26, Mk 14:22; c. acc. rei, Mt 5:40 26:52, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mk 7:27, Jo 19:1, 40, Re 8:5, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ἀφορμήν, Ro 7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Ja 5:10; id. c. acc. pers., φόβος, Lk 7:16; πνεῦμα, Lk 9:39; πειρασμός, I Co 10:13; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; Bl., § 59, 4), Re 5:7 8:5, al. to receive: absol., opp. to αἰτεῖν, Mt 7:8, al.; διδόναι, Mt 10:8, Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei, Mt 27:6, Mk 10:30, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:21 13:20 19:27, II Jo 10; ῥαπίσμασιν (a vulgarism; Bl., § 38, 3), Mk 14:65; metaph., τ. λόγον, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16; τ. μαρτυρίαν, Jo 3:11; τ. ῥήματα, Jo 12:48; πρόσωπον (Heb. נָשָׂא פָּנִים, Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Dalman, op. cit., 124 f.), Mk 10:30 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, συν-αντι- ( -μαι ), ἀπο-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, συν-περι-, ὑπο-λαμβάνω ).Scroll for more

accusationAn accusation, charge.* ἔγκλημα -τος, τό (< ἐγκαλέω ), an accusation, charge: Ac 23:29 25:16 (Cremer, 743).†Scroll for more

Acts 25:17

17When therefore they were come together here I made no delay but on the next day sat on the judgment seat and commanded the man to be brought

When … they were come together

therefore

here

delay

I made

on the … day

but … sat

the

judgment seat

and commanded

to be brought

the

man

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

συνελθόντωνsoo-nel-THOHN-tohn

οὖνoon

ἐνθάδεen-THAH-deh

ἀναβολὴνah-nah-boh-LAYN

μηδεμίανmay-deh-MEE-ahn

ποιησάμενοςpoy-ay-SAH-meh-nohs

τῇtay

ἑξῆςheh-KSAYS

καθίσαςkah-THEE-sahs

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοῦtoo

βήματοςBAY-mah-tohs

ἐκέλευσαeh-KEH-lyoo-sah

ἀχθῆναιah-CHTHAY-nai

τὸνtohn

ἄνδραAHN-drah

The Pieces

συνελθόντωνGreek verb

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἐνθάδεGreek adverb

ἀναβολὴνGreek noun, feminine

μηδεμίανGreek adjective

ποιησάμενοςGreek verb

τῇGreek article

ἑξῆςGreek adverb

καθίσαςGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

βήματοςGreek noun, neuter

ἐκέλευσαGreek verb

ἀχθῆναιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

ἄνδραGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to assembleI come or go with, accompany; I come together, assemble.συν-έρχομαι [in LXX for הלךְ, בּוֹא, אסף ni., etc.;] (cl.) to come together, assemble: Mk 3:20 14:53, T, WH, txt., Ac 1:6 2:6 10:27 16:13 19:32 21:22 22:30 28:17, I Co 14:26; seq. εἰς, c. acc loc., Ac 5:16; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, I Co 11:20 14:23; c. dat. pers., Mk 14:53, WH, mg., R ( πρὸς αὐτόν, v. Field, Notes, 40), Jo 11:33; ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, I Co 11:18; ἐνθάδε, Ac 25:17; αὐτοῦ, Mk 6:33, WH, mg. (cf. WH, Intr., 95 ff.); ὅπου, Jo 18:20; c. inf., Lk 5:15; εἰς τ. φαγεῖν, I Co 11:33; εἰς τ. ἧσσον, I Co 11:17, 34; of sexual intercourse (Xen., al.; γυναικί or absol.), Mt 1:18. In later sense (v. exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany: c. dat. pers., Lk 23:55, Ac 1:21 9:39 10:23, 45 11:12; seq. σύν, Ac 21:16; εἰς, Ac 15:38.†Scroll for more

in/to this placeHere, in this place.

delayPostponement, delay, putting off.ἀναβολή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ά αβάλλω ), [in LXX for כּנף, etc.;] delay: Ac 25:17 (for exx. of other meanings, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

nothingNo one, none, nothing.μηδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (and -θέν, Ac 27:33, a Hellenistic form; v. Bl., § 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to οὐδείς as μή to οὐ, no, none, no one; neut., nothing: Mt 16:20, Mk 5:43 6:8, Lk 3:14, Ac 8:24, Ro 13:8, al.; c. gen., Ac 4:17 24:23; neut. acc., μηδέν, adverbially, in no respect, Ac 10:20 11:12; as acc. obj. after verb, βλάπτειν, Lk 4:35; ὠφελεῖσθαι, Mk 5:26; ὑστερεῖν, II Co 11:5; μεριμνᾶν, Phl 4:6; in double negation, strengthening the denial, μηκέτι μ., Mk 11:14, Ac 4:17; μὴ... μηδέν ( μηδένα, μηδεμίαν ), II Co 13:7, II Th 2:3, I Pe 3:6.Scroll for more

next/afterwardNext in order, the next day, the following day, at the period immediately following.ἑξῆς adv. (< ἔχω ), in order, successively, next: τῇ ἑ. ἡμέρᾳ, Lk 9:37; ἐν τῷ ἑ. (sc. χρόνῳ ), soon after, Lk 7:11; τῇ ἑ. (sc. ἡμέρα ), Ac 21:1 25:17 27:18.†Scroll for more

← Back to John 18:31

← Back to Acts 25:5

Acts 25:18

18Concerning whom when the accusers stood up they brought no charge of such evil things as I supposed

Concerning

whom

when … stood up

the

accusers

charge

they brought

of such … as

supposed

evil things

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

περὶpeh-REE

οὗhoo

σταθέντεςstah-THEN-tes

οἱhoy

κατήγοροιkah-TAY-goh-roy

οὐδεμίανoo-deh-MEE-ahn

αἰτίανai-TEE-ahn

ἔφερονEH-feh-rohn

ὧνhohn

ἐγὼeh-GOH

ὑπενόουνhoo-peh-NOH-oon

πονηρῶνpoh-nay-ROHN

The Pieces

περὶGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

σταθέντεςGreek verb

οἱGreek article

κατήγοροιGreek noun, masculine

οὐδεμίανGreek adjective

αἰτίανGreek noun, feminine

ἔφερονGreek verb

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

ὑπενόουνGreek verb

πονηρῶνGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

accuserAn accuser, prosecutor.κατήγορος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX: Pr 18:17 ( ריב ), II Mac 4:5 *;] an accuser: Ac 23:30, 35 24:8 (WH, R, txt. om.) Ac 25:16, 18.†Scroll for more

cause/chargeA cause, reason, excuse; a charge, accusation; guilt; circumstances, case.αἰτία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX: Ge 4:13 ( עָוֹן ), Pr 28:17 ( עָשַׁק ), and freq. in Wi, II, III Mac;] cause, reason, occasion, case: Mt 19:3, Lk 8:47, Ac 10:21 22:24 28:20, II Ti 1:6, 12, Tit 1:13, He 2:11; εἰ οὕτως ἐστιν ἡ αἰ. (cf. Lat. si ita res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt 19:10. In forensic sense, accusation: Ac 25:18, 27; cause for punishment, crime: Mt 27:37, Mk 15:26, Jo 18:38 19:4, 6, Ac 13:28 23:28 28:18.† SYN.: ἔλεγχος, a charge, whether moral or judicial, which has been proven, αἰ. is an accusation simply, false or true.Scroll for more

to bear/leadI carry, bear, bring; I conduct, lead; perhaps: I make publicly known.φέρω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi., also for נשׂא, etc.;] to bear; to bear, carry: c. acc, Lk 23:26 24:1, Jo 19:39, He 1:3 (v. Westc., in l.); pass., Ac 2:2 27:15, 17 He 6:1, II Pe 1:17, 18; of the mind, II Pe 1:21. to bear, endure: c. acc. rei, He 12:20 13:13; c. acc pers., Ro 9:22. to bring, bring forward: c. acc. pers., Ac 5:16; id. seq. πρός, Mk 1:32 2:3 9:17, 19, 20; ἐπί, Lk 5:18; c. dat., Mk 7:32 8:22; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:27 11:2 12:15, Lk 15:23, Ac 4:34, 37 5:2, II Ti 4:13; id. seq. πρός, Mk 11:7; εἰς, Re 21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mt 14:11, Mk 6:28; ἀπό, Jo 21:10; c. dat., Mk 12:15, Jo 2:8; id. seq. ὧδε, Mt 14:18 17:17; seq. φαγεῖν (sc. τι ), Jo 4:33; τ. δάκτυλον ( χεῖρα ), Jo 20:27; pass., ἡ χάρις, I Pe 1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), He 9:16; κρίσιν, II Pe 2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jo 18:29; αἰτίαν, Ac 25:18; αἰτιώματα, ib. 7, Rec. to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mt 7:18, Mk 4:8, Jo 12:24 15:2, 4, 5, 8, 16. to bring, lead: Mk 15:22, Jo 21:18, Ac 14:13; metaph., of a gate ( ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Ac 12:10 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, παρ-εισ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-φέρω ).† SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from ( φέρω ) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mt 11:8, al., s.v. φορέω, and v. Tr., Syn., § lviii)Scroll for more

to supposeI conjecture, suppose, suspect, deem.** ὑπο-νοέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Da TH 7:25 ( סְבַר ), To 8:16, Jth 14:14, Si 23:21 *;] to suspect, conjecture: Ac 25:18; c. acc et inf., Ac 13:25 27:27.†Scroll for more

evil/badEvil, bad, wicked, malicious, slothful.πονηρός, -ά, -όν (< πονέω, to toil ), [in LXX chiefly for רַע;] of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.); of things, toilsome, painful ( καιρός, Si 51:12 ): Eph 5:16 6:13, Re 16:2. bad, worthless; in physical sense: καρπός, Mt 7:17, 18; in ethical sense, bad, evil, wicked; of persons: Mt 7:11 12:34, 35 18:32 25:26, Lk 6:45 11:13 19:22, Ac 17:5, II Th 3:2, II Ti 3:13; γενεά, Mt 12:39, 45 16:4, Lk 11:29; πνεῦμια, Mt 12:45, Lk 7:21 8:2 11:26, Ac 19:12, 13, 15, 16; as subst., οἱ π., opp. to δίκαιοι, Mt 13:49; to ἀγαθοί, Mt 5:45 22:10; οἱ ἀχάριστοι καὶ π., Lk 6:35; sing., ὁ π., Mt 5:39, I Co 5:13; id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 5:37 6:13 (v. Lft., Notes, 125 ff.; but cf. McN, in l.) 13:19, 38, Lk 11:4 (WH, R, om.), Jo 17:15, Eph 6:16, II Th 3:3 (Lft., Notes, 125 ff.), I Jn 2:13, 14 3:12 Jn 5:18, 19; of things: Mt 5:11 12:35 15:19, Lk 6:22, 45, Jo 3:19 7:7, Ac 18:14 25:18, Ga 1:4, Col 1:21, I Ti 6:4, II Ti 4:18, He 3:12 10:22, Ja 2:4 4:16, I Jn 3:12, II Jn 11, III Jn 10; ὀφθαλμός (q.v.), Mt 6:23 20:15, Mk 7:22, Lk 11:34; as subst., neut., τὸ π., Ac 28:21, I Th 5:22; opp. to ἀγαθόν, Lk 6:45, Ro 12:9; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 7:23, Lk 3:19.† SYN.: v.s. ἄθεσμος.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 13:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:14

Acts 25:19

19but had certain questions against him of their own religion and of one Jesus who was dead whom Paul affirmed to be alive

Word By Word, In Greek Order1questions | 2but | 3certain | 4of | 5— | 6their own | 7religion | 8had | 9against | 10him | 11and | 12of | 13one | 14Jesus | 15who was dead | 16whom | 17affirmed | 18— | 19Paul | 20to be alive

Related verses (10)

questions

but

certain

The ASV does not translate this word.

their own

religion

had

against

him

and

one

Jesus

who was dead

whom

affirmed

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

to be alive

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

ζητήματαzay-TAY-mah-tah

δέdeh

τιναtee-nah

περὶpeh-REE

τῆςtays

ἰδίαςee-DEE-ahs

δεισιδαιμονίαςday-see-dai-moh-NEE-ahs

εἶχονAY-chohn

πρὸςprohs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

καὶkai

περίpeh-REE

τινοςtee-nohs

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

τεθνηκότοςteh-thnay-KOH-tohs

ὃνhohn

ἔφασκενEH-fah-sken

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

ζῆνzayn

The Pieces

ζητήματαGreek noun, neuter

δέGreek conjunction

τιναGreek indefinite pronoun

περὶGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

ἰδίαςGreek adjective

δεισιδαιμονίαςGreek noun, feminine

εἶχονGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

περίGreek preposition

τινοςGreek indefinite pronoun

Ἰησοῦname of a person

τεθνηκότοςGreek verb

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

ἔφασκενGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

ζῆνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

a question/disputeA question, subject of inquiry, dispute.ζήτημα, -τος, τό (< ζητέω ), [in LXX: ζ. τίθεσθαι ( דּרשׁ ni.), Ez 36:37 A*;] an inquiry, question: Ac 15:2 18:15 23:29 25:19 26:3.†Scroll for more

one's own/privateOne's own, belonging to one, private, personal; one's own people, one's own family, home, property.ἴδιος, -α, -ον (in Attic usually -ος, -ον ), [in LXX chiefly for pers. suff., also for לָהֶם, etc.; ( τὰ ἴ. ) בֵּיתוֹ;] one's own; of that which is private and personal (in cl. opp. to κοινός, δημόσιος; cf. infr. 3); of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to ἀλλότριος; in late writers often, like ἑαυτοῦ, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.; Deiss., BS, 123 f.): Lk 6:41, Jo 1:42 5:43, Ac 2:6 20:28, I Co 11:21, Ga 6:5, II Ti 1:9, He 7:27, Ju 6, al.; πράσσειν τὰ ἴ., I Th 4:11; κατὰ τὰς ἰ. ἐπιθυμίας, II Ti 4:3; οἱ ἴδιοι, Jo 1:11 (M, Pr., 90 f.; Field, Notes, 84) 13:1, Ac 4:23, I Ti 5:8; τὰ ἴδια, one's home (Field, Notes, 84), Lk 18:28, Jo 1:11 16:32 19:27. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper: τὸ ἴ. σῶμα, I Co 15:38; ἐν τ. ἰ. τάγματι, I Co 15:23; εἰς τ. τόπον τ. ἴ., Ac 1:25; = αὐτοῦ (v. Deiss., ut. supr.), Mt 22:5, Jo 1:42 (cf. Wi 10:1 ). Adverbially (v. supr., 1 ( a ); and cf. WM, 739 2 ); ἰδίᾳ, severally, separately: I Co 12:11; κατ’ ἰδίαν, apart, privately, in private: Mt 14:13, 23 20:17, Mk 4:34 7:33, Lk 10:23, Ac 23:19, al.Scroll for more

religionReligion in general; in a bad sense: superstition.*† δεισιδαιμονία, -ας, ἡ (< δεισιδαίμων, q.v.); fear of the gods; piety, religion; superstition. Objectively, a religion: Ac 25:19 (Cremer, 72, 682).†Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

to die/be deadI die, am dying, am dead.θνήσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מות;] to die; pf. (M, Pr., 114), to be dead: Mt 2:20, Mk 15:44, Lk 7:12 8:49, Jo 11:44 19:33, Ac 14:19 25:19; metaph., of spiritual death, I Ti 5:6 (cf. ἀπο-, συν-απο-θνήσκω ).†Scroll for more

to claimI assert, affirm, profess.φάσκω [in LXX: Ge 26:20 ( אמר ), Da LXX Bel:8, II Mac 14:27, 14:32, III Mac 3:7 *;] to affirm, assert: c. acc. et inf., Ac 24:9 25:19; c. inf. et nom., Ro 1:22.†Scroll for more

to liveI live, am alive.ζάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for חיה (most freq. ptcp., ζῶν, inf., ζῆν, for חַי );] prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. βίος; in cl. usually of animal life, but sometimes of plants, as Arist., Eth. N, i, 7, 12): Ac 20:12, Ro 7:1-3, I Co 7:39, Re 19:20, al.; ἐν αὐτῷ ζῶμεν, Ac 17:28; ἐμοὶ τὸ ζῆν Χριστός, Phl 1:21; διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν (M, Pr., 215, 249), He 2:15; ὃ δὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, Ga 2:20; ζῇ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός, Ga 2:20; (ὁ) ζῶν, of God ( אֵל חַי and cognate phrases, Jos 3:10, Ho 2:1 ( 1:10 ), Is 37:4, al.; v. DCG, ii, 39a), Mt 16:16, Jo 6:57, Ro 9:26, I Th 1:9, He 3:12, Re 7:2, al.; in juristic phrase, ζῶ ἐγώ ( חַי־אָנִי, Nu 14:21, al.), as I live, Ro 14:11; ζῆν ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ, Mt 4:4, al.; ἐκ, I Co 9:14; of coming to life, Mk 16:[11], Ro 6:10 14:9, II Co 13:4; opp. to νεκρός, Re 1:18 2:8; metaph., Lk 15:32; ζῆν ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 6:13; of the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10:28, Jo 5:25, Ro 1:17 8:13; εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jo 6:51, 58; σὺν Χριστῷ, I Th 5:10; ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι ζῇς, Re 3:1. As sometimes in cl., = βιόω, to live, pass one's life: Lk 2:36, Ac 26:5, Ro 7:9, Col 2:20; ἐν πίστει, Ga 2:20; ἐν τ. ἁμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:2; εὐσεβῶς, II Ti 3:12; ἀσώτως, Lk 15:13; c. dat. (cl.), ἑαυτῳ (Field, Notes, 164), Ro 14:7, II Co 5:15; τ. θεῷ, Lk 20:38, Ro 6:10, 11, Ga 5:25; τ. Χριστῷ, II Co 5:15; τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, I Pe 2:24; πνεύματι, Ga 5:25; κατὰ σάρκα, Ro 8:12, 13; Of inanimate things, metaph.: ὕδωρ ζῶν (i.e. springing water, as opp. to still water), in a spiritual sense, Jo 4:10, 11 7:38 ( DCG, ii, 39 f.): ἐλπὶς ζῶσα, I Pe 1:3; ὁδὸς ζῶσα, He 10:20 (cf. ἀνα-, συν-ζάω; Cremer, 270, 721).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 10:17

Acts 25:20

20And I being perplexed how to inquire concerning these things asked whether he would go to Jerusalem and there be judged of these matters

being perplexed

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

concerning

these things

how to inquire

asked

whether

he would

Jerusalem

and there

be judged

these matters

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

ἀπορούμενοςah-poh-ROO-meh-nohs

δὲdeh

ἐγὼeh-GOH

τὴνtayn

περὶpeh-REE

τούτωνTOO-tohn

ζήτησινZAY-tay-seen

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

εἰay

βούλοιτοBOO-loy-toh

πορεύεσθαιpoh-RYOO-eh-sthai

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

κἀκεῖkah-KAY

κρίνεσθαιKREE-neh-sthai

περὶpeh-REE

τούτωνTOO-tohn

The Pieces

ἀπορούμενοςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

περὶGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

ζήτησινGreek noun, feminine

ἔλεγονGreek verb

εἰGreek conditional

βούλοιτοGreek verb

πορεύεσθαιGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

κἀκεῖGreek adverb

κρίνεσθαιGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

be perplexedI am at a loss, am perplexed; mid: I am in doubt.ἀπορέω, -ῶ (< ἄπορος, ἀ- neg., πόρος, a way, resource ), [in LXX for צרר, מוּךְ, etc.;] to be at a loss, be perplexed: absol., Mk 6:20 ( ἐποίει, R, mg.); mid., be in doubt: absol., II Co 4:8; c. acc., Ac 25:20; seq. περί, Lk 24:4; ἐν, Ga 4:20; περὶ τίνος λέγει, Jo 13:22.† SYN.: διαπορέω, διακρίνομαι, διστάζω, μετεωρίζομαι (v. DCG, i, 491).Scroll for more

controversyA question, debate, controversy; a seeking, search.* ζήτησις, -εως, ἡ (< ζητέω ). a seeking, search. a questioning, inquiry, debate: Ac 15:2, 7, II Ti 2:23, Tit 3:9; seq. περί, Jo 3:25, Ac 25:20, I Ti 6:4.†Scroll for more

to planI will, intend, desire, wish.βούλομαι, [in LXX for חפץ, אבה, יעץ, etc.;] to will, wish, desire, purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than θέλω (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja 1:18 ): c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; Bl., §69, 4), Mk 15:15, Ac 5:28, 33 12:4 15:37 17:20 18:15, 27 19:30 22:30 23:28 27:43 28:18, II Co 1:15, I Ti 6:9, He 6:17, II Jo 12, III Jo 10, Ju 5; c. acc., II Co 1:17; c. acc. et inf., Phl 1:12, I Ti 2:8 5:14, Tit 3:8, II Pe 3:9; of the will making choice between alternatives, Mt 1:19 11:27, Lk 10:22, Ac 25:20, I Co 12:11, Ja 3:4 4:4; εἰ βούλει (cl., a courteous phrase = θέλεις, colloq.; Bl., §21, 8; LS, s.v.), Lk 22:42; c. subjc., adding force to a question of deliberation (Bl., §64, 6), Jo 18:39; βουληθείς, of set purpose (v. Hort, in l.), Ja 1:18; impf., ἐβουλόμην (= cl. βουλοίμην ἄν; Bl., §63, 5; Lft., Phm. 13), Ac 25:22, Phm 13 (v. also Cremer, 143).†Scroll for more

and thereAnd there, and yonder, there also.κἀκεῖ (by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖ, and so sometimes written, v. infr.), and there, there also: Mt 5:23 ( κ. ἐ., Tr., mg.) 10:11 28:10 ( κ. ἐ., T), Mk 1:35 ( κ. ἐ., L) 38 ( κ. ἐ., WH) 14:15 ( κ. ἐ., WH), Jo 11:54, Ac 14:7 17:13 22:10 25:20 27:6.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 25:12

Acts 25:21

21But when Paul had appealed to be kept for the decision of the emperor I commanded him to be kept till I should send him to Caesar

Related verses (5)

Acts 25:10 | Acts 26:32 | 2 Timothy 4:16 | Acts 27:1 | Luke 2:1

The ASV does not translate this word.

But

Paul

when … had appealed

to be kept

The ASV does not translate this word.

for

the

of the

emperor

decision

I commanded

to be kept

him

till

I should send

him

Caesar

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

τοῦtoo

δὲdeh

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

ἐπικαλεσαμένουeh-pee-kah-leh-sah-MEH-noo

τηρηθῆναιtay-ray-THAY-nai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

τοῦtoo

Σεβαστοῦseh-bah-STOO

διάγνωσινdee-AH-gnoh-seen

ἐκέλευσαeh-KEH-lyoo-sah

τηρεῖσθαιtay-RAY-sthai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἕωςHEH-ohs

οὗhoo

ἀναπέμψωah-nah-PEM-psoh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

πρὸςprohs

ΚαίσαραKAI-sah-rah

The Pieces

τοῦGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Παύλουname of a person

ἐπικαλεσαμένουGreek verb

τηρηθῆναιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

τοῦGreek article

ΣεβαστοῦGreek adjective

διάγνωσινGreek noun, feminine

ἐκέλευσαGreek verb

τηρεῖσθαιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἕωςGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἀναπέμψωGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

Καίσαρα

What It Can Mean

Augustan(official Greek equivalent of Augustus), venerated, august, a title of the Roman emperors; hence secondarily: Augustan, imperial.* σεβαστός, -ή, -όν (σεβάζομαι) reverend, august. In late writers, with reference to the Roman Imperial name; ὁ Σ., Augustus, i.e. the Roman Emperor: Ac 25:21, 25; Augustan: σπείρα σ., Ac 27:1 (See further, Deiss., BS, 218.) †Scroll for more

decisionJudicial examination, decision; an act of discernment.** διά-γνωσις, -εως, ἡ (< διαγιγνώσκω ), [in LXX: Wi 3:18 *;] a distinguishing, also as medical term. As law-term (Lat. cognitio ), determination, decision: Ac 25:21 (Cremer, 674).†Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

to send backI send up (to a higher tribunal), send back.* ἀνα-πέμπω to send up, to a higher place (Æsch., Plat., al.); to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. also Field, Notes, 140): Lk 23:7, 15, Ac 25:21. to send back (Pind.): Lk 23:11, Phm 11.†Scroll for more

Acts 25:22

22And Agrippa said unto Festus I also could wish to hear the man myself To morrow saith he thou shalt hear him

Related verses (4)

Acts 9:15 | Isaiah 52:15 | Matthew 10:18 | Luke 21:12

Agrippa

And

said unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

could wish

also

I … myself

the

man

to hear

To morrow

saith he

thou shalt hear

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Ἀγρίππαςah-GREE-pahs

δὲdeh

πρὸςprohs

τὸνtohn

ΦῆστονFAY-stohn

Ἐβουλόμηνeh-boo-LOH-mayn

καὶkai

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

τοῦtoo

ἀνθρώπουahn-THROH-poo

ἀκοῦσαιah-KOO-sai

ΑὔριονOW-ree-ohn

φησίνfay-SEEN

ἀκούσῃah-KOO-say

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

Ἀγρίππαςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

Φῆστονname of a person

ἘβουλόμηνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

τοῦGreek article

ἀνθρώπουGreek noun, masculine

ἀκοῦσαιGreek verb

ΑὔριονGreek adverb

φησίνGreek verb

ἀκούσῃGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

tomorrowTomorrow.αὔριον adv., [in LXX for מָחָר;] to-morrow: Mt 6:30, Lk 12:28, Ac 23:20 25:22, I Co 15:32, Lk 13:32, 33, Ja 4:13; ἡ αὔ. (sc. ἡμέρα, MM, s.v.), Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3; ἐπὶ τὴν αὔ., Lk 10:35, Ac 4:5; τὸ (WH om.) τῆς αὔ. Ja 4:14.†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Kings 10:2

← Back to 1 Kings 22:10

← Back to Acts 21:31

Acts 25:23

23So on the morrow when Agrippa was come and Bernice with great pomp and they were entered into the place of hearing with the chief captains and the principal men of the city at the command of Festus Paul was brought in

Related verses (15)

on the

morrow

when … was come

The ASV does not translate this word.

Agrippa

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

Bernice

with

great

pomp

and

they were entered

into

the

place of hearing

with

The ASV does not translate this word.

the chief captains

and

the … men

The ASV does not translate this word.

principal

of the

city

The ASV does not translate this word.

at the command of

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

was brought in

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

Τῇtay

οὖνoon

ἐπαύριονeh-POW-ree-ohn

ἐλθόντοςel-THOHN-tohs

τοῦtoo

Ἀγρίππαah-GREE-pah

καὶkai

τῆςtays

Βερνίκηςbehr-NEE-kays

μετὰmeh-TAH

πολλῆςpoh-LAYS

φαντασίαςfahn-tah-SEE-ahs

καὶkai

εἰσελθόντωνay-sel-THOHN-tohn

εἰςays

τὸtoh

ἀκροατήριονah-kroh-ah-TAY-ree-ohn

σύνsoon

τεteh

χιλιάρχοιςchee-lee-AHR-choys

καὶkai

ἀνδράσινahn-DRAH-seen

τοῖςtoys

κατkaht

ἐξοχὴνeh-ksoh-CHAYN

τῆςtays

πόλεωςPOH-leh-ohs

καὶkai

κελεύσαντοςkeh-LYOO-sahn-tohs

τοῦtoo

ΦήστουFAY-stoo

ἤχθηAY-chthay

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

The Pieces

ΤῇGreek article

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἐπαύριονGreek adverb

ἐλθόντοςGreek verb

τοῦGreek article

Ἀγρίππαname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

τῆςGreek article

Βερνίκηςname of a person

μετὰGreek preposition

πολλῆςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

φαντασίαςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰσελθόντωνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ἀκροατήριονGreek noun, neuter

σύνGreek preposition

τεGreek conjunction

χιλιάρχοιςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀνδράσινGreek noun, masculine

τοῖςGreek article

κατGreek preposition

ἐξοχὴνGreek noun, feminine

τῆςGreek article

πόλεωςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

κελεύσαντοςGreek verb

τοῦGreek article

Φήστουname of a person

ἤχθηGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

What It Can Mean

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

pageantryShow, display, pomp, imagination.φαντασία, -ας, ἡ (< φαντάζω ), [in LXX: Za 10:1 ( חָזִיז ), חֲזִיז ), Hb 2:18, 19 3:10, Wi 18:17 *;] as philos. term, imagination; = φάντασμα (Plat., Arist.). In later writers (Polyb., al.), show, display: Ac 25:23.†Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

hallAuditorium, recitation hall, court room (for hearing cases).*† ἀκροατήριον, -ου, τό (< ἀκροάομαι, to listen ) a place of audience: Ac 25:23 (Plut.).†Scroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

military officerA commander of a thousand men, a military tribune.χιλίαρχος (in Hdt., al., -ης ), -ου, ὁ (< χίλιοι, ἄρχω ) [in LXX chiefly for אֶלֶף שַׂר;] a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand, esp. a Roman military tribune, the commander of a cohort: Jo 18:12, Ac 21:31-33, 37 22:24-29 23:10, 15, 17-19, 22 24:7, 22 25:23; more generally, of officers of similar rank, Mk 6:21, Re 6:15 19:18 (v., DB, i, 352 b; DCG, i, 271 a, 307 a ).†Scroll for more

prominentEminence, distinction, excellence.ἐξοχή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ἐξέχω, to stand out), [in LXX for שֵׁן, Jb 39:28 *;] a projection ( ἐ. πέτρας, Jb 39:28 ). Metaph., eminence, excellence: οἱ κατ’ ἐ., the chief men, Ac 25:23.†Scroll for more

cityA city, the inhabitants of a city.πόλις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for עִיר;] a city: Mt 2:23, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:29, Jo 4:8, al. mult.; opp. to κῶμαι ( κ. καὶ ἀγροί ), Mt 9:35 10:11, Mk 6:56, Lk 8:1 13:22; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 11:5 16:14; c. id. in gen. appos. (Bl., § 35, 5), Ac 8:5, II Pe 2:6; gen., of the region, Lk 1:26 4:31, Jo 4:5; of the inhabitants, Mt 10:5, 23, Lk 23:51, Ac 19:35, II Co 11:32; c. gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22:7, Lk 2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jo 1:45, Ac 16:20, Re 16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mt 4:5 27:53, Re 11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Re 20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, Mt 5:35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2 ); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 3:12 21:2, 10, 14 ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8:34 12:25 21:10, Mk 1:33, Ac 14:21 21:30.Scroll for more

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 22:22

← Back to Acts 25:7

Acts 25:24

24And Festus saith King Agrippa and all men who are here present with us ye behold this man about whom all the multitude of the Jews made suit to me both at Jerusalem and here crying that he ought not to live any longer

Related verses (3)

Acts 25:2-3, 7 | Acts 22:22 | Luke 23:21-23

And

saith

The ASV does not translate this word.

Festus

Agrippa

King

and

all

The ASV does not translate this word.

who are here present

with us

men

ye behold

this man

about

whom

all

the

multitude

of the

Jews

made suit

to me

both

Jerusalem

and

here

crying

not

that … ought

to live

any longer

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

καίkai

φησινfay-seen

ὁhoh

ΦῆστοςFAY-stohs

Ἀγρίππαah-GREE-pah

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

καὶkai

πάντεςPAHN-tes

οἱhoy

συμπαρόντεςsoom-pah-ROHN-tes

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἄνδρεςAHN-dres

θεωρεῖτεtheh-oh-RAY-teh

τοῦτονTOO-tohn

περὶpeh-REE

οὗhoo

ἅπανHAH-pahn

τὸtoh

πλῆθοςPLAY-thohs

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

ἐνέτυχόνeh-NEH-too-chohn

μοιmoy

ἔνen

τεteh

Ἱεροσολύμοιςhee-eh-roh-soh-LOO-moys

καὶkai

ἐνθάδεen-THAH-deh

βοῶντεςboh-OHN-tes

μὴmay

δεῖνdayn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ζῆνzayn

μηκέτιmay-KEH-tee

The Pieces

καίGreek conjunction

φησινGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Φῆστοςname of a person

Ἀγρίππαname of a person

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

πάντεςGreek adjective

οἱGreek article

συμπαρόντεςGreek verb

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἄνδρεςGreek noun, masculine

θεωρεῖτεGreek verb

τοῦτονGreek demonstrative pronoun

περὶGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἅπανGreek adjective

τὸGreek article

πλῆθοςGreek noun, neuter

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

ἐνέτυχόνGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

ἔνGreek preposition

τεGreek conjunction

Ἱεροσολύμοιςname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐνθάδεGreek adverb

βοῶντεςGreek verb

μὴGreek negative particle

δεῖνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ζῆνGreek verb

μηκέτιGreek negative adverb

What It Can Mean

FestusFestus.φῆστος, -ου, ὁ (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judæa: Ac 24:27 25:1 ff. Ac 26:24, 25, 32.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

be present withI am present together with.συν-πάρειμι (Rec. σνμπ- ), [in LXX: To 12:12 ΑΒ, Pr 8:27 (?), Wi 9:10 *;] to be present together or with: c. dat. pers., Ac 25:24.†Scroll for more

to usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to see/experienceI look at, gaze, behold; I see, experience, discern; I partake of.θεωρέω, -ῶ (< θεωρός, a spectator, < θεάομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for ראה, חזה;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 7:3 (fut.), Mt 28:1, Lk 23:48, Jo 8:51, Re 11:12 (aor.); Bl., §24); (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol., Mt 27:55, Mk 15:40, Lk 23:35; seq. πῶς, Mk 12:41; ποῦ, Mk 15:47; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:40, 62 12:45 16:10-19, Ac 3:16 20:38 25:24, Re 11:11, 12; id. c. ptcp., Mk 5:15, Lk 10:18, Jo 6:19 10:12 20:12, 14, I Jn 3:17; c. acc. rei, Mt 28:1, Lk 14:29 21:6 23:48, Jo 2:23 6:2 7:3, Ac 4:13 8:13; id. c. ptcp., Jo 20:6, Ac 7:56 10:11; seq. ὅτι, Ac 19:26. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., §24, s.v. ὁρᾶν ), in pres. and impf. = ὁράω, to see, perceive, discern: seq. ὅτι, Mk 16:4, Jo 4:19 12:19, Ac 19:26 27:10; πόσαι, Ac 21:20; πηλίκος, He 7:4; c. acc. rei, Mk 5:38; id. c. ptcp., Ac 17:16 28:6; c. acc. pers., Mk 3:11, Jo 14:19, Ac 9:7 17:22; πνεῦμα, Lk 24:37; τὸ π., Jo 14:17; seq. ὅτι, Jo 9:8; c. ptcp., Lk 24:39. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of: τ. θάνατον, Jo 8:51 (cf. Ps 88(89):49 ); τ. δόξαν, Jo 17:24 (cf. ἀνα-, παρα-θερρέω ).†Scroll for more

this

allAll, the whole, altogether.ἅπας, -ασα, -αν (strengthened form of πᾶς, v.s. ἅ- ), all, the whole, altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Lk 3:21; or after, as Mk 16:[15]; absol., in masc., as Lk 5:26; in neut., as Ac 2:44; ἅ. οὗτοι, Ac 2:7 (LT); ἅ. ὑμεῖς, Ga 3:28 (TTr.). Most freq. in Lk, Ac (v. MM, VG, s.v.).Scroll for more

multitudeA multitude, crowd, great number, assemblage.πλῆθος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for רֹב, also for הָמוֹן, etc.;] a great number, a multitude; of things: ἰχθύων, Lk 5:6, Jo 21:6; φρυγάνων, Ac 28:3; ἁμαρτιιῶν, Ja 5:20, I Pe 4:8; τ. πλήθει, in multitude, He 11:12; of persons: Ac 21:22 (WH, R, om.); c. gen., Lk 2:13, Jo 5:3, Ac 5:14; π. πολύ ( πολὺ π. ), Mk 3:7, 8; id. c. gen., Lk 6:17 23:27, Ac 14:1 17:4. Of persons, c. art., the whole number, the multitude (in Plat., Thuc., Xen., al., = δῆμος, the commons, or-opp. to δῆμος - the populace ): Ac 2:6 15:30 19:9 23:7; τ. λαοῦ, Ac 21:36; τ. πόλεως, Ac 14:4; πᾶν τὸ π., Ac 15:12; c. gen., Lk 1:10 8:37 19:37 23:1, Ac 4:32 5:16 6:2, 5 25:24.†Scroll for more

to call on(a) I meet, encounter, hence: (b) I call (upon), make a petition, make suit, supplication.ἐν-τυγχάνω [in LXX: Da TH 6:12, [13] ( קֶרֶב ) Wi 8:20 16:28, II Mac 2:25 Mac 4:36 Mac 6:12 Mac 15:39, III Mac 6:37; seq. κατά, I Mac 8:32 10:61, 63, 64 11:25 *;] to fall in with. to meet with in order to converse. to petition, make petition: c. dat. pers., seq. ὑπέρ c. gen. pers., Ac 25:24 (cf. Field, Notes, 140), He 7:25, Ro 8:27, 34 ( θεῷ, not expressed); seq. κατά, against: Ro 11:2 (cf. ἔντευξις, ὑπερ-εντυγχάνω ).†Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

in/to this placeHere, in this place.

to cry outI shout, call aloud, proclaim.βοάω, -ῶ (< βοή ), [in LXX chiefly for זעק, צעק, קרא;] absol., to cry, call out: Mt 3:3, 27:46, Mk 1:3 15:34, Lk 3:4 9:38 18:38, Jo 1:23, Ac 8:7 17:6 25:24, Ga 4:27. C. dat., to call on for help (Heb. זעק על, Ho 7:14, al.), Lk 18:7.† SYN.: καλέω, to call, invite, summon; κράζω, to cry, harshly or inarticulately, as animals; κραυγάζω, intensive of κράζω. βοάω expresses emotion, whether joy, fear, etc.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

never againNo longer, no more.μηκέτι (< μή, ἔτι ), adv., no more, no longer: c. 2 aor. subjc., Mk 9:25; οὐ μ., Mt 21:19; c. praes. subjc., Ro 14:13; c. praes. imperat., Lk 8:49, Jo 5:14 8:[11], Eph 4:28, I Ti 5:23; c. optat., Mk 11:14; ἵνα μ., II Co 5:15, Eph 4:14; c. inf., Mk 1:45 2:2, Ac 4:17 25:24, Ro 6:6, Eph 4:17, I Pe 4:2; c. ptcp., Ac 13:34, Ro 15:23, I Th 3:1, 5.†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 26:16

Acts 25:25

25But I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death and as he himself appealed to the emperor I determined to send him

Related verses (5)

Acts 23:9, 29 | Acts 26:31 | Luke 23:4, 14 | John 18:38 | Acts 25:11-12

But

found

nothing

worthy

of death

that … had committed

himself

and

as … appealed to

the

emperor

I determined

to send him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἐγὼeh-GOH

δὲdeh

κατελαβόμηνkah-teh-lah-BOH-mayn

μηδὲνmay-DEN

ἄξιονAH-ksee-ohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

θανάτουthah-NAH-too

πεπραχέναιpeh-prah-CHEH-nai

αὐτοῦow-TOO

δὲdeh

τούτουTOO-too

ἐπικαλεσαμένουeh-pee-kah-leh-sah-MEH-noo

τὸνtohn

Σεβαστὸνseh-bah-STOHN

ἔκριναEH-kree-nah

πέμπεινPEM-payn

The Pieces

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

κατελαβόμηνGreek verb

μηδὲνGreek adjective

ἄξιονGreek adjective

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

θανάτουGreek noun, masculine

πεπραχέναιGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

τούτουGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἐπικαλεσαμένουGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

ΣεβαστὸνGreek adjective

ἔκριναGreek verb

πέμπεινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to grasp(a) I seize tight hold of, arrest, catch, capture, appropriate, (b) I overtake, (c) mid. aor: I perceived, comprehended.κατα-λαμβάνω, [in LXX for נשׂג hi., לכד, etc.;] to lay hold of, seize, appropriate: Mk 9:18; c. acc. rei, I Co 9:24, Phl 3:12, 13. to overtake: as carrel. of διώκω (Field, Notes, 158 f.), Ro 9:30; ἡ ἡμέρα, I Th 5:4; of evils, Jo 1:5 12:35 (cf. 6:17 T); hence, to surprise, discover: Jo 8:[3, 4], Of mental action, to apprehend, comprehend; so mid., in NT (M, Pr., 158): Eph 3:18; seq. ὅτι, Ac 4:13 10:34; c. acc. et inf., Ac 25:25 (MM, Exp., xv).†Scroll for more

of thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to sendI send, transmit, permit to go, put forth.πέμπω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁלח;] to send; of persons: c. acc., absol., Mt 22:7, Lk 7:19, Jo 1:22, II Co 9:3, al.; ptcp. seq. verb., Mt 14:10, Ac 19:31, al.; ptcp. seq. διά (= Heb. בְּיוֹד probably misspelled בְּיַד, I Ki 16:20, al.), Mt 11:2 (cf. Re 1:1 ); of teachers sent by God, Jo 1:33 4:34, Ro 8:3, al.; c. acc. et dat., I Co 4:17, Phl 2:19; seq. πρός, c. acc., Lk 4:26, Jo 16:7, al.; seq. λέγων (cf. Heb. שָׁלַח לֵאמֹר Ge 38:25, al.), Lk 7:6, 19; seq. εἰς, c. acc. loc., Mt 2:8, Lk 15:15, al.; seq. εἰς (of purpose), Eph 6:22, Col 4:8, I Pe 2:14; c. inf., Jo 1:33, I Co 16:3, Re 22:16; of things: Re 11:10; seq. εἰς, Re 1:11; id., of purpose, Ac 11:29, Phl 4:16; c. dat. pers., II Th 2:11; π. τ. δρέπανον σου (cf. εξαποστείλατε δρέπανα = שָׁלַח מַגָּל, Jl 3 (4):13 ), Re 14:15, 18 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, μετα-, προ-, συν-πέμπω ). SYN.: ἀποστέλλω, q.v.Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 7:8

← Back to Acts 21:34

← Back to Acts 24:22

Acts 25:26

26Of whom I have no certain thing to write unto my lord Wherefore I have brought him forth before you and specially before thee king Agrippa that after examination had I may have somewhat to write

Related verses (1)

Acts 26:2-3

whom

certain

thing

to write

unto my

lord

I have

Wherefore

I have brought … forth

him

before

you

and

specially

before

thee

king

Agrippa

that

The ASV does not translate this word.

examination

after … had

I may have

somewhat

to write

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

περὶpeh-REE

οὗhoo

ἀσφαλέςah-sfah-LES

τιtee

γράψαιGRAH-psai

τῷtoh

κυρίῳkoo-REE-oh

οὐκook

ἔχωEH-choh

διὸdee-OH

προήγαγονproh-AY-gah-gohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐφef

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

καὶkai

μάλισταMAH-lee-stah

ἐπὶeh-PEE

σοῦsoo

βασιλεῦbah-see-LYOO

Ἀγρίππαah-GREE-pah

ὅπωςHOH-pohs

τῆςtays

ἀνακρίσεωςah-nah-KREE-seh-ohs

γενομένηςgeh-noh-MEH-nays

σχῶschoh

τίtee

γράψωGRAH-psoh

The Pieces

περὶGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἀσφαλέςGreek adjective

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

γράψαιGreek verb

τῷGreek article

κυρίῳGreek noun, masculine

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔχωGreek verb

διὸGreek conjunction

προήγαγονGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐφGreek preposition

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

μάλισταGreek adverb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

βασιλεῦGreek noun, masculine

Ἀγρίππαname of a person

ὅπωςGreek conjunction

τῆςGreek article

ἀνακρίσεωςGreek noun, feminine

γενομένηςGreek verb

σχῶGreek verb

τίGreek indefinite pronoun

γράψωGreek verb

What It Can Mean

secure(lit: unfailing), safe, reliable, trustworthy, certain, sure.ἀσφαλής, -ές (< ἀ- neg., σφάλλω, to trip up ), [in LXX for אשׁר pu., etc.;] certain, secure, safe: Ac 21:34 22:30 25:26, Phl 3:1, He 6:19 (MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to writeI write; pass: it is written, it stands written (in the scriptures).γράφω, [in LXX chiefly for כּתב ]; to scrape, graze (Hom.), and later (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. to write; of forming or tracing letters on writing material: Jo 8:[6], Ga 6:11, II Th 3:17; to express in writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1:63, Jo 19:21, 22 Re 1:11, 19 al.; of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112ff.), γέγραπται, it stands written (Luther), Mt 4:4, Mk 7:6, Lk 4:8, Ro 1:17, I Co 1:31, al.; id. seq. ἐν, Mk 1:2, Ac 1:20, al.; c. acc., to write of: Jo 1:46, Ro 10:5; seq. περί, Mt 26:24, Mk 14:21, Jo 5:46; al.; c. dat. (WM, §31, 4), Lk 18:31; id. seq. ἵνα (M, Pr., 207f.), Mk 12:19, Lk 20:28; κατὰ τ. γεγραμμένον, II Co 4:13; γεγραμμένον ἐστί, Jo 2:17; ἐγράφη, Ro 4:24; ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα, Jo 12:16; of writing directions or information, c. dat. pers.: Ro 15:15, II Co 7:12, al.; of that which contains the record or message: βιβλίον, Mk 10:4, Jo 21:25, Re 5:1; τίτλον, Jo 19:19; ἐπιστολήν, Ac 23:25; ἐντολήν, Mk 10:5 (cf. ἀπο-, ἐγ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ- ).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

thereforeWherefore, on which account, therefore.διό conjunct. for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account: Mt 27:8, Lk 7:7, Ac 15:19, Ro 1:24, al.; δ. καί, Lk 1:35, Ac 10:29 24:26, Ro 4:22 15:22, II Co 1:20 4:13 5:9, Phl 2:9, He 11:12 13:12 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4:31 ).Scroll for more

to go/bring before(a) trans: I lead forth; in the judicial sense, into court, (b) intrans. and trans: I precede, go before, (c) intrans: I go too far.προ-άγω, [in LXX: I Ki 17:16 ( נגשׁ ), Wi 19:11, al.;] prop. trans., to lead on, lead forth or forward: c. acc. pers., Ac 16:30 17:5; of bringing forth to trial, Ac 12:6 (WH, txt., προσάγ- ); seq. ἐπί, c. gen. pers., Ac 25:26. Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; v. Bl., § 53, 1; MM, xxi); to lead the way, I Ti 1:18 (R, mg.), hence, to go before, precede: Lk 18:39; opp. to ἀκολουθέω, Mk 11:9; seq. εἰς, Mt 14:22, Mk 6:45, I Ti 5:24, He 7:18; c. acc. pers., Mt 2:9 21:9, Mk 10:32; seq. εἰς, Mt 21:31 26:32 28:7, Mk 14:28 16:7; to go on, advance ( Si 20:27 ): II Jn 9.†Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

especiallyMost of all, especially.μάλιστα, v.s. μάλα.Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

investigationJudicial examination, preliminary inquiry.** ἀνά-κρισις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX: III Mac 7:5 *;] an examination: spec. of legal preliminary investigation, Ac 25:26 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

← Back to Acts 6:2

Acts 25:27

27For it seemeth to me unreasonable in sending a prisoner not withal to signify the charges against him

Related verses (2)

Proverbs 18:13 | John 7:51

unreasonable

For

to me

it seemeth

in sending

a prisoner

not

withal

the

against

him

charges

to signify

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

ἄλογονAH-loh-gohn

γάρgahr

μοιmoy

δοκεῖdoh-KAY

πέμπονταPEM-pohn-tah

δέσμιονDEH-smee-ohn

μὴmay

καὶkai

τὰςtahs

κατkaht

αὐτοῦow-TOO

αἰτίαςai-TEE-ahs

σημᾶναιsay-MAH-nai

The Pieces

ἄλογονGreek adjective

γάρGreek conjunction

μοιGreek pronoun

δοκεῖGreek verb

πέμπονταGreek verb

δέσμιονGreek noun, masculine

μὴGreek negative particle

καὶGreek conjunction

τὰςGreek article

κατGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

αἰτίαςGreek noun, feminine

σημᾶναιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

unreasonableWithout reason, irrational; contrary to reason, absurd.ἄ-λογος, -ον [in LXX: Ex 6:12 ( שָׂפָה עָרֵל ), Nu 6:12 ( נָפַל ), Jb 11:12, Wi 11:15, 16, IV Mac 3 *;] without reason, irrational: ζῷα, II Pe 2:12, Ju 10. contrary to reason: Ac 25:27 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

to thinkI think, seem, appear, it seems.δοκέω, -ῶ (< δόκος, opinion, < δέκομαι, Ion, form of δέχ- ), [in LXX for טוֹב, נָדַב, etc.;] to be of opinion, suppose: Mt 24:44, Lk 12:40, He 10:29; c. inf., Mt 3:9, Lk 8:18 24:37, Jo 5:39 16:2, Ac 12:9 27:13, I Co 3:18 7:40 8:2 10:12 14:37, Ga 6:3, Phl 3:4, Ja 1:26; c. acc et inf., I Co 12:23, II Co 11:16; seq. ὅτι, Mt 6:7 26:53, Mk 6:49, Lk 12:51 13:2, 4 19:11, Jo 5:45 11:13, 31 13:29 20:15, I Co 4:9, II Co 12:19, Ja 4:5. to seem, be reputed: Ac 25:27; c. inf., Mk 10:42, Lk 10:36 22:24, Ac 17:13 26:9, I Co 11:16 12:22, II Co 10:9, Ga 2:6, 9, He 4:1 12:11; οἱ δοκοῦντες, those of repute, Ga 2:2. Impers., it seems, c. dat. pers.; to think: Mt 17:25 18:12 21:28 22:17, 42 26:66, Jo 11:56, He 12:10; to please, seem good to: c. inf., Lk 1:3, Ac 15:22, 25, 23, 34.† SYN. ( δοκέω 1.): ἡγέομαι 2, νομίζω 2, οἴομαι; ἡ. and ν. properly express belief resting on external proof, ἡ. denoting the more careful judgment; δ. and οἴ. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of οἴ. is based on feeling, in δ. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17) ( δοκέω 2.): φαίνομαι; φ., from the standpoint of the object, "expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself"; δ., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's subjective judgment about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § lxxx; Cremer, 204).Scroll for more

to signifyI signify, indicate, give a sign, make known.σημαίνω (< σῆμα, a sign), [in LXX for רוּעַ hi., תָּקַע, etc.;] to give a sign, signify, indicate: c. acc. rei, Ac 25:27, Re 1:1 (cf. MM, xxii); c. acc. et inf., Ac 11:28; seq. quæst. indir., Jo 12:33 18:32 21:19.†Scroll for more

← Previous: Acts 24 Next: Acts 26 →